1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } // end anonymous namespace 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 112 case tok::kw_bool: 113 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 114 case tok::kw___auto_type: 115 return true; 116 117 case tok::annot_typename: 118 case tok::kw_char16_t: 119 case tok::kw_char32_t: 120 case tok::kw_typeof: 121 case tok::annot_decltype: 122 case tok::kw_decltype: 123 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 124 125 default: 126 break; 127 } 128 129 return false; 130 } 131 132 namespace { 133 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 134 NotFound, 135 FoundNonType, 136 FoundType 137 }; 138 } // end anonymous namespace 139 140 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 141 /// dependent class. 142 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 143 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 144 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 145 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 146 SourceLocation NameLoc, 147 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 148 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 149 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 150 // Look for type decls in base classes. 151 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 152 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 153 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 154 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 155 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 156 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 157 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 158 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 159 // templates. 160 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 161 continue; 162 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 163 if (!TD) 164 continue; 165 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 166 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 167 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 168 continue; 169 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 170 } 171 if (BaseRD) { 172 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 173 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 174 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 175 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 176 } 177 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 178 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 179 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 180 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 181 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 182 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 183 break; 184 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 185 break; 186 } 187 } 188 } 189 } 190 191 return FoundTypeDecl; 192 } 193 194 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 195 const IdentifierInfo &II, 196 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 197 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 198 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 199 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 200 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 201 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 202 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 203 DC = DC->getParent()) { 204 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 205 // templates. 206 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 207 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 208 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 209 } 210 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 211 return nullptr; 212 213 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 214 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 215 // lookup during template instantiation. 216 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 217 218 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 219 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 220 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 221 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 222 223 CXXScopeSpec SS; 224 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 225 226 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 227 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 228 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 229 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 230 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 231 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 232 } 233 234 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 235 /// return the declaration of that type. 236 /// 237 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 238 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 239 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 240 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 241 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 242 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 243 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 244 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 245 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 246 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 247 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 248 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 249 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 250 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 251 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 252 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 253 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 254 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 255 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 256 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 257 258 if (!LookupCtx) { 259 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 260 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 261 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 262 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 263 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 264 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 265 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 266 // 267 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 268 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 269 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 270 return nullptr; 271 272 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 273 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 274 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 275 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 276 277 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 278 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 279 II, NameLoc); 280 return ParsedType::make(T); 281 } 282 283 return nullptr; 284 } 285 286 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 287 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 288 return nullptr; 289 } 290 291 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 292 // lookup for class-names. 293 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 294 LookupOrdinaryName; 295 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 296 if (LookupCtx) { 297 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 298 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 299 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 300 // nested-name-specifier. 301 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 302 303 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 304 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 305 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 306 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 307 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 308 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 309 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 310 LookupName(Result, S); 311 } 312 } else { 313 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 314 LookupName(Result, S); 315 316 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 317 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 318 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 319 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 320 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 321 return TypeInBase; 322 } 323 } 324 325 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 326 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 327 case LookupResult::NotFound: 328 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 329 if (CorrectedII) { 330 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 331 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 332 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 333 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 334 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 335 TemplateTy Template; 336 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 337 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 338 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 339 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 340 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 341 if (SS && NNS) { 342 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 343 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 344 } 345 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 346 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 347 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 348 // is handled elsewhere). 349 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 350 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 351 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 352 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 353 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 354 IsCtorOrDtorName, 355 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 356 if (Ty) { 357 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 358 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 359 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 360 if (SS && NNS) 361 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 362 *CorrectedII = NewII; 363 return Ty; 364 } 365 } 366 } 367 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 368 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 369 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 370 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 371 return nullptr; 372 373 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 374 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 375 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 376 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 377 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 378 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 379 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 380 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 381 return nullptr; 382 } 383 384 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 385 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 386 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 387 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 388 if (!IIDecl || 389 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 390 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 391 IIDecl = *Res; 392 } 393 } 394 395 if (!IIDecl) { 396 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 397 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 398 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 399 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 400 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 401 // a type name. 402 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 403 return nullptr; 404 } 405 406 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 407 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 408 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 409 // perform the name lookup again. 410 break; 411 412 case LookupResult::Found: 413 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 414 break; 415 } 416 417 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 418 419 QualType T; 420 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 421 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 422 423 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 424 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 425 426 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 427 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 428 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 429 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 430 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 431 // Construct a type with type-source information. 432 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 433 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 434 435 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 436 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 437 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 438 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 439 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 440 } else { 441 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 442 } 443 } 444 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 445 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 446 if (!HasTrailingDot) 447 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 448 } 449 450 if (T.isNull()) { 451 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 452 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 453 return nullptr; 454 } 455 return ParsedType::make(T); 456 } 457 458 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 459 static NestedNameSpecifier * 460 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 461 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 462 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 463 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 464 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 465 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 466 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 467 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 468 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 469 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 470 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 471 } 472 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 473 } 474 475 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 476 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 477 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 478 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 479 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 480 481 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 482 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 483 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 484 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 485 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 486 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 487 488 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 489 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 490 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 491 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 492 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 493 494 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 495 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 496 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 497 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 498 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 499 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 500 } 501 502 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 503 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 504 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 505 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 506 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 507 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 508 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 509 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 510 LookupName(R, S, false); 511 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 512 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 513 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 514 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 515 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 516 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 517 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 518 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 519 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 520 } 521 } 522 523 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 524 } 525 526 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 527 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 528 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 529 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 530 /// @code 531 /// template<class T> class A { 532 /// public: 533 /// typedef int TYPE; 534 /// }; 535 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 536 /// public: 537 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 538 /// }; 539 /// @endcode 540 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 541 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 542 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 543 return true; 544 545 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 546 547 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 548 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 549 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 550 return true; 551 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 552 } 553 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 554 } 555 556 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 557 SourceLocation IILoc, 558 Scope *S, 559 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 560 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 561 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 562 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 563 SuggestedType = nullptr; 564 565 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 566 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 567 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 568 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 569 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 570 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 571 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 572 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 573 // We corrected to a keyword. 574 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 575 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 576 } else { 577 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 578 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 579 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 580 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 581 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 582 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 583 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 584 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 585 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 586 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 587 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 588 } else { 589 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 590 } 591 592 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 593 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 594 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 595 SourceRange(IILoc)); 596 SuggestedType = 597 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 598 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 599 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 600 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 601 } 602 return; 603 } 604 605 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 606 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 607 UnqualifiedId Name; 608 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 609 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 610 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 611 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 612 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 613 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 614 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 615 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 616 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 617 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 618 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 619 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 620 } 621 return; 622 } 623 } 624 625 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 626 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 627 628 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 629 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 630 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 631 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 632 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 633 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 634 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 635 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 636 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 637 638 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 639 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 640 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 641 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 642 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 643 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 644 } else { 645 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 646 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 647 } 648 } 649 650 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 651 /// or 652 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 653 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 654 NextToken.is(tok::less); 655 656 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 657 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 658 return true; 659 660 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 661 return true; 662 } 663 664 return false; 665 } 666 667 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 668 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 669 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 670 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 671 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 672 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 673 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 674 StringRef FixItTagName; 675 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 676 case TTK_Class: 677 FixItTagName = "class "; 678 break; 679 680 case TTK_Enum: 681 FixItTagName = "enum "; 682 break; 683 684 case TTK_Struct: 685 FixItTagName = "struct "; 686 break; 687 688 case TTK_Interface: 689 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 690 break; 691 692 case TTK_Union: 693 FixItTagName = "union "; 694 break; 695 } 696 697 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 698 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 699 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 700 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 701 702 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 703 I != IEnd; ++I) 704 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 705 << Name << TagName; 706 707 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 708 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 709 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 710 return true; 711 } 712 713 return false; 714 } 715 716 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 717 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 718 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 719 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 720 721 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 722 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 723 724 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 725 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 726 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 727 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 728 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 729 } 730 731 Sema::NameClassification 732 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 733 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 734 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 735 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 736 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 737 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 738 739 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 740 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 741 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 742 } 743 744 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 745 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 746 747 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 748 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 749 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 750 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 751 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 752 return TypeInBase; 753 } 754 755 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 756 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 757 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 758 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 759 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 760 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 761 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 762 return E; 763 } 764 765 bool SecondTry = false; 766 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 767 768 Corrected: 769 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 770 case LookupResult::NotFound: 771 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 772 // call. 773 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 774 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 775 // FIXME: Reference? 776 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 777 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 778 779 // C90 6.3.2.2: 780 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 781 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 782 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 783 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 784 // the function call, the declaration 785 // 786 // extern int identifier (); 787 // 788 // appeared. 789 // 790 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 791 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 792 Result.addDecl(D); 793 Result.resolveKind(); 794 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 795 } 796 } 797 798 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 799 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 800 // "struct", or "union". 801 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 802 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 803 break; 804 } 805 806 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 807 // close to this name. 808 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 809 SecondTry = true; 810 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 811 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 812 &SS, std::move(CCC), 813 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 814 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 815 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 816 817 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 818 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 820 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 821 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 822 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 823 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 824 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 825 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 826 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 827 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 828 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 829 } 830 831 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 832 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 833 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 834 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 835 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 836 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 837 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 838 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 839 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 840 } 841 842 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 843 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 844 845 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 846 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 847 return Name; 848 849 // Also update the LookupResult... 850 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 851 Result.clear(); 852 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 853 if (FirstDecl) 854 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 855 856 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 857 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 858 // reference the ivar. 859 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 860 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 861 Result.clear(); 862 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 863 return E; 864 } 865 866 goto Corrected; 867 } 868 } 869 870 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 871 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 872 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 873 874 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 875 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 876 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 877 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 878 879 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 880 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 881 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 882 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 883 // qualified by the keyword typename. 884 // 885 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 886 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 887 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 888 // keyword here. 889 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 890 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 891 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 892 } 893 894 case LookupResult::Found: 895 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 896 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 897 break; 898 899 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 900 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 901 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 902 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 903 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 904 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 905 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 906 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 907 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 908 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 909 // ambiguous. 910 // 911 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 912 // so try again after filtering out template names. 913 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 914 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 915 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 916 break; 917 } 918 } 919 920 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 921 return NameClassification::Error(); 922 } 923 924 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 925 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 926 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 927 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 928 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 929 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 930 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 931 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 932 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 933 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 934 935 if (!Result.empty()) { 936 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 937 bool IsVarTemplate; 938 TemplateName Template; 939 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 940 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 941 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 942 Result.end()); 943 } else { 944 TemplateDecl *TD 945 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 946 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 947 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 948 949 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 950 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 951 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 952 TD); 953 else 954 Template = TemplateName(TD); 955 } 956 957 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 958 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 959 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 960 // to based on which function we selected. 961 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 962 963 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 964 } 965 966 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 967 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 968 } 969 } 970 971 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 972 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 973 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 974 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 975 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 976 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 977 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 978 return ParsedType::make(T); 979 } 980 981 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 982 if (!Class) { 983 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 984 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 985 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 986 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 987 } 988 989 if (Class) { 990 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 991 992 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 993 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 994 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 995 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 996 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 997 } 998 999 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1000 return ParsedType::make(T); 1001 } 1002 1003 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1004 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1005 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1006 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1007 1008 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1009 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1010 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1011 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1012 (NextIsOp && 1013 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1014 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1015 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1016 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1017 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1018 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1019 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1020 return ParsedType::make(T); 1021 } 1022 1023 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1024 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1025 nullptr, S); 1026 1027 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1028 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1029 } 1030 1031 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1032 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1033 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1034 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1035 1036 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1037 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1038 // the context we'll need to return to. 1039 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1040 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1041 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1042 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1043 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1044 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1045 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1046 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1047 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1048 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1049 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1050 1051 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1052 // lexical context. 1053 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1054 return DC; 1055 1056 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1057 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1058 // class is the context we need to return to. 1059 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1060 DC = RD; 1061 1062 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1063 // declared in. 1064 return DC; 1065 } 1066 1067 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1068 } 1069 1070 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1071 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1072 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1073 CurContext = DC; 1074 S->setEntity(DC); 1075 } 1076 1077 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1078 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1079 1080 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1081 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1082 } 1083 1084 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1085 Decl *D) { 1086 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1087 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1088 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1089 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1090 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1091 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1092 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1093 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1094 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1095 return Result; 1096 } 1097 1098 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1099 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1100 } 1101 1102 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1103 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1104 /// 1105 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1106 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1107 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1108 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1109 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1110 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1111 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1112 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1113 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1114 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1115 // namespace. 1116 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1117 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1118 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1119 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1120 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1121 1122 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1123 1124 #ifndef NDEBUG 1125 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1126 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1127 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1128 #endif 1129 1130 CurContext = DC; 1131 S->setEntity(DC); 1132 } 1133 1134 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1135 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1136 1137 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1138 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1139 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1140 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1141 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1142 1143 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1144 // disappear. 1145 } 1146 1147 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1148 // We assume that the caller has already called 1149 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1150 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1151 if (!FD) 1152 return; 1153 1154 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1155 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1156 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1157 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1158 CurContext = FD; 1159 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1160 1161 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1162 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1163 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1164 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1165 S->AddDecl(Param); 1166 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1167 } 1168 } 1169 } 1170 1171 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1172 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1173 // rather than the top-level class. 1174 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1175 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1176 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1177 } 1178 1179 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1180 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1181 /// 1182 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1183 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1184 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1185 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1186 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1187 /// attribute. 1188 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1189 ASTContext &Context) { 1190 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1191 return true; 1192 1193 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1194 return true; 1195 1196 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1197 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1198 } 1199 1200 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1201 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1202 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1203 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1204 // scope. 1205 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1206 S = S->getParent(); 1207 1208 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1209 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1210 // into any context. 1211 if (AddToContext) 1212 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1213 1214 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1215 // are function-local declarations. 1216 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1217 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1218 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1219 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1220 return; 1221 1222 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1223 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1224 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1225 return; 1226 1227 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1228 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1229 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1230 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1231 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1232 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1233 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1234 1235 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1236 break; 1237 } 1238 } 1239 1240 S->AddDecl(D); 1241 1242 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1243 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1244 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1245 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1246 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1247 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1248 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1249 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1250 continue; 1251 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1252 break; 1253 } 1254 1255 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1256 } else { 1257 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1258 } 1259 } 1260 1261 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1262 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1263 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1264 } 1265 1266 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1267 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1268 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1269 } 1270 1271 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1272 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1273 do { 1274 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1275 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1276 return S; 1277 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1278 1279 return nullptr; 1280 } 1281 1282 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1283 DeclContext*, 1284 ASTContext&); 1285 1286 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1287 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1288 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1289 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1290 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1291 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1292 while (F.hasNext()) { 1293 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1294 1295 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1296 continue; 1297 1298 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1299 continue; 1300 1301 F.erase(); 1302 } 1303 1304 F.done(); 1305 } 1306 1307 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1308 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1309 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1310 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1311 } 1312 1313 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1314 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1315 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1316 while (F.hasNext()) 1317 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1318 F.erase(); 1319 1320 F.done(); 1321 } 1322 1323 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1324 /// @code 1325 /// class S { 1326 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1327 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1328 /// }; 1329 /// @endcode 1330 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1331 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1332 // the decl here. 1333 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1334 return false; 1335 1336 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1337 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1338 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1339 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1340 return false; 1341 } 1342 1343 // We need this to handle 1344 // 1345 // typedef struct { 1346 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1347 // } A; 1348 // 1349 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1350 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1351 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1352 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1353 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1354 // not. 1355 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1356 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1357 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1358 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1359 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1360 return true; 1361 } 1362 DC = DC->getParent(); 1363 } 1364 1365 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1366 } 1367 1368 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1369 // these semantics. 1370 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1371 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1372 return false; 1373 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1374 } 1375 1376 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1377 assert(D); 1378 1379 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1380 return false; 1381 1382 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1383 // of members of class templates. 1384 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1385 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1386 return false; 1387 1388 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1389 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1390 return false; 1391 1392 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1393 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1394 return false; 1395 } else { 1396 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1397 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1398 return false; 1399 } 1400 1401 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1402 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1403 return false; 1404 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1405 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1406 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1407 // like "inline".) 1408 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1409 return false; 1410 1411 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1412 return false; 1413 1414 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1415 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1416 return false; 1417 } else { 1418 return false; 1419 } 1420 1421 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1422 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1423 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1424 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1425 } 1426 1427 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1428 if (!D) 1429 return; 1430 1431 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1432 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1433 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1434 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1435 } 1436 1437 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1438 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1439 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1440 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1441 } 1442 1443 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1444 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1445 } 1446 1447 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1448 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1449 return false; 1450 1451 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1452 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1453 return false; 1454 1455 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1456 return true; 1457 1458 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1459 // functions. 1460 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1461 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1462 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1463 WithinFunction = 1464 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1465 if (!WithinFunction) 1466 return false; 1467 1468 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1469 return true; 1470 1471 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1472 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1473 return false; 1474 1475 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1476 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1477 1478 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1479 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1480 1481 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1482 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1483 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1484 return false; 1485 } 1486 1487 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1488 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1489 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1490 return false; 1491 1492 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1493 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1494 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1495 return false; 1496 1497 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1498 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1499 return false; 1500 1501 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1502 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1503 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1504 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1505 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1506 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1507 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1508 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1509 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1510 return false; 1511 } 1512 } 1513 } 1514 } 1515 1516 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1517 } 1518 1519 return true; 1520 } 1521 1522 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1523 FixItHint &Hint) { 1524 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1525 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1526 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1527 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1528 return; 1529 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1530 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1531 } 1532 } 1533 1534 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1535 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1536 return; 1537 1538 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1539 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1540 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1541 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1542 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1543 } 1544 } 1545 1546 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1547 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1548 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1549 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1550 return; 1551 1552 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1553 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1554 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1555 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1556 return; 1557 } 1558 1559 FixItHint Hint; 1560 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1561 1562 unsigned DiagID; 1563 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1564 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1565 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1566 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1567 else 1568 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1569 1570 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1571 } 1572 1573 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1574 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1575 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1576 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1577 // MS inline assembly label name. 1578 bool Diagnose = false; 1579 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1580 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1581 else 1582 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1583 if (Diagnose) 1584 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1585 } 1586 1587 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1588 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1589 1590 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1591 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1592 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1593 1594 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1595 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1596 1597 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1598 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1599 1600 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1601 1602 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1603 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1604 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1605 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1606 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1607 } 1608 1609 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1610 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1611 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1612 1613 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1614 // already. 1615 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1616 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1617 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1618 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1619 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1620 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1621 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1622 } 1623 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1624 } 1625 } 1626 } 1627 1628 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1629 /// 1630 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1631 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1632 /// to the fixed name. 1633 /// 1634 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1635 /// 1636 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1637 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1638 /// 1639 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1640 /// class could not be found. 1641 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1642 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1643 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1644 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1645 // creation from this context. 1646 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1647 1648 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1649 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1650 // find an Objective-C class name. 1651 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1652 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1653 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1654 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1655 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1656 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1657 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1658 } 1659 } 1660 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1661 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1662 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1663 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1664 return Def; 1665 } 1666 1667 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1668 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1669 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1670 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1671 /// ill-formed in C++: 1672 /// @code 1673 /// struct S6 { 1674 /// enum { BAR } e; 1675 /// }; 1676 /// 1677 /// void test_S6() { 1678 /// struct S6 a; 1679 /// a.e = BAR; 1680 /// } 1681 /// @endcode 1682 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1683 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1684 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1685 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1686 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1687 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1688 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1689 /// contain non-field names. 1690 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1691 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1692 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1693 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1694 S = S->getParent(); 1695 return S; 1696 } 1697 1698 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1699 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1700 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1701 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1702 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1703 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1704 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1705 return; 1706 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1707 1708 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1709 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1710 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1711 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1712 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1713 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1714 } 1715 1716 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1717 switch (Error) { 1718 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1719 return ""; 1720 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1721 return "stdio.h"; 1722 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1723 return "setjmp.h"; 1724 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1725 return "ucontext.h"; 1726 } 1727 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1728 } 1729 1730 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1731 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1732 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1733 /// built-in. 1734 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1735 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1736 SourceLocation Loc) { 1737 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1738 1739 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1740 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1741 if (Error) { 1742 if (ForRedeclaration) 1743 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1744 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1745 return nullptr; 1746 } 1747 1748 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1749 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1750 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1751 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1752 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1753 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1754 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1755 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1756 } 1757 1758 if (R.isNull()) 1759 return nullptr; 1760 1761 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1762 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1763 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1764 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1765 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1766 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1767 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1768 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1769 } 1770 1771 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1772 Parent, 1773 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1774 SC_Extern, 1775 false, 1776 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1777 New->setImplicit(); 1778 1779 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1780 // FunctionDecl. 1781 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1782 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1783 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1784 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1785 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1786 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1787 SC_None, nullptr); 1788 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1789 Params.push_back(parm); 1790 } 1791 New->setParams(Params); 1792 } 1793 1794 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1795 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1796 1797 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1798 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1799 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1800 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1801 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1802 CurContext = Parent; 1803 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1804 CurContext = SavedContext; 1805 return New; 1806 } 1807 1808 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1809 /// entity if their types are the same. 1810 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1811 /// isSameEntity. 1812 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1813 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1814 LookupResult &Previous) { 1815 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1816 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1817 return; 1818 1819 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1820 if (Previous.empty()) 1821 return; 1822 1823 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1824 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1825 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1826 1827 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1828 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1829 continue; 1830 1831 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1832 // different linkages. 1833 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1834 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1835 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1836 continue; 1837 1838 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1839 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1840 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 1841 OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1842 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1843 continue; 1844 } 1845 1846 Filter.erase(); 1847 } 1848 1849 Filter.done(); 1850 } 1851 1852 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1853 QualType OldType; 1854 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1855 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1856 else 1857 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1858 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1859 1860 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1861 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1862 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1863 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1864 << Kind << NewType; 1865 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1866 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1867 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1868 return true; 1869 } 1870 1871 if (OldType != NewType && 1872 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1873 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1874 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1875 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1876 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1877 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1878 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1879 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1880 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1881 return true; 1882 } 1883 return false; 1884 } 1885 1886 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1887 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1888 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1889 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1890 /// 1891 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 1892 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1893 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1894 // merging checks. 1895 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1896 1897 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1898 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1899 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1900 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1901 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1902 default: break; 1903 case 2: 1904 { 1905 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1906 break; 1907 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1908 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1909 break; 1910 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1911 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1912 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1913 break; 1914 } 1915 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1916 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1917 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1918 return; 1919 } 1920 case 5: 1921 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1922 break; 1923 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1924 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1925 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1926 return; 1927 case 3: 1928 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1929 break; 1930 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1931 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1932 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1933 return; 1934 } 1935 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1936 } 1937 1938 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1939 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1940 if (!Old) { 1941 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1942 << New->getDeclName(); 1943 1944 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1945 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1946 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1947 1948 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1949 } 1950 1951 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1952 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1953 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1954 1955 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1956 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 1957 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 1958 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 1959 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 1960 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 1961 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 1962 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 1963 // instead of our tag. 1964 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 1965 if (OldTD->isModed()) 1966 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 1967 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 1968 else 1969 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 1970 1971 // Make the old tag definition visible. 1972 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 1973 1974 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 1975 // out of the scope. 1976 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 1977 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 1978 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 1979 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 1980 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 1981 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 1982 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 1983 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 1984 } 1985 } 1986 } 1987 } 1988 1989 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1990 // with any extensions enabled. 1991 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1992 return; 1993 1994 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1995 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1996 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1997 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1998 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1999 } 2000 2001 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2002 return; 2003 2004 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2005 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2006 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2007 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2008 // to the type to which it already refers. 2009 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2010 return; 2011 2012 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2013 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2014 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2015 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2016 // 2017 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2018 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2019 // 2020 // struct S { 2021 // typedef struct A { } A; 2022 // }; 2023 // 2024 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2025 // allow the above but disallow 2026 // 2027 // struct S { 2028 // typedef int I; 2029 // typedef int I; 2030 // }; 2031 // 2032 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2033 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2034 return; 2035 2036 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2037 << New->getDeclName(); 2038 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2039 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2040 } 2041 2042 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2043 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2044 return; 2045 2046 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2047 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2048 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2049 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2050 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2051 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2052 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2053 return; 2054 2055 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2056 << New->getDeclName(); 2057 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2058 } 2059 2060 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2061 /// attribute. 2062 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2063 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2064 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2065 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2066 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2067 if (Ann) { 2068 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2069 return true; 2070 continue; 2071 } 2072 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2073 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2074 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2075 return true; 2076 } 2077 2078 return false; 2079 } 2080 2081 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2082 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2083 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2084 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2085 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2086 return true; 2087 } 2088 2089 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2090 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2091 /// 2092 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2093 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2094 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2095 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2096 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2097 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2098 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2099 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2100 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2101 // in a case like: 2102 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2103 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2104 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2105 // definition in such a case. 2106 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2107 return false; 2108 2109 if (I->isAlignas()) 2110 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2111 2112 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2113 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2114 OldAlign = Align; 2115 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2116 } 2117 } 2118 2119 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2120 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2121 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2122 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2123 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2124 return false; 2125 2126 if (I->isAlignas()) 2127 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2128 2129 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2130 if (Align > NewAlign) 2131 NewAlign = Align; 2132 } 2133 2134 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2135 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2136 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2137 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2138 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2139 2140 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2141 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2142 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2143 QualType Ty; 2144 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2145 Ty = VD->getType(); 2146 else 2147 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2148 2149 if (OldAlign == 0) 2150 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2151 if (NewAlign == 0) 2152 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2153 } 2154 2155 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2156 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2157 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2158 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2159 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2160 } 2161 } 2162 2163 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2164 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2165 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2166 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2167 // equivalent alignment. 2168 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2169 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2170 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2171 // have no alignment specifier. 2172 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2173 << OldAlignasAttr; 2174 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2175 << OldAlignasAttr; 2176 } 2177 2178 bool AnyAdded = false; 2179 2180 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2181 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2182 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2183 Clone->setInherited(true); 2184 New->addAttr(Clone); 2185 AnyAdded = true; 2186 } 2187 2188 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2189 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2190 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2191 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2192 Clone->setInherited(true); 2193 New->addAttr(Clone); 2194 AnyAdded = true; 2195 } 2196 2197 return AnyAdded; 2198 } 2199 2200 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2201 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2202 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2203 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2204 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2205 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2206 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2207 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2208 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2209 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2210 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2211 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2212 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2213 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2214 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2215 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2216 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2217 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2218 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2219 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2220 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2221 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2222 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2223 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2224 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2225 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2226 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2227 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2228 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2229 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2230 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2231 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2232 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2233 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2234 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2235 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2236 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2237 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2238 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2239 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2240 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2241 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2242 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2243 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2244 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2245 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2246 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2247 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2248 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2249 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2250 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2251 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2252 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2253 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2254 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2255 NewAttr = nullptr; 2256 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2257 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2258 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2259 NewAttr = nullptr; 2260 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2261 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2262 2263 if (NewAttr) { 2264 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2265 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2266 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2267 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2268 return true; 2269 } 2270 2271 return false; 2272 } 2273 2274 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2275 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2276 return TD->getDefinition(); 2277 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2278 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2279 if (Def) 2280 return Def; 2281 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2282 } 2283 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2284 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2285 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2286 return Def; 2287 } 2288 return nullptr; 2289 } 2290 2291 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2292 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2293 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2294 return true; 2295 return false; 2296 } 2297 2298 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2299 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2300 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2301 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2302 return; 2303 2304 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2305 if (!Def || Def == New) 2306 return; 2307 2308 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2309 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2310 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2311 2312 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2313 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2314 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2315 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2316 2317 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2318 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2319 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2320 --E; 2321 continue; 2322 } 2323 } else { 2324 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2325 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2326 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2327 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2328 : diag::err_redefinition; 2329 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2330 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2331 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2332 } 2333 ++I; 2334 continue; 2335 } 2336 2337 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2338 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2339 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2340 ++I; 2341 continue; 2342 } 2343 } 2344 2345 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2346 ++I; 2347 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2348 } 2349 2350 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2351 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2352 ++I; 2353 continue; 2354 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2355 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2356 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2357 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2358 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2359 // equivalent alignment. 2360 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2361 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2362 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2363 // have no alignment specifier. 2364 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2365 << AA; 2366 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2367 << AA; 2368 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2369 --E; 2370 continue; 2371 } 2372 } 2373 2374 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2375 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2376 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2377 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2378 --E; 2379 } 2380 } 2381 2382 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2383 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2384 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2385 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2386 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2387 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2388 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2389 } 2390 2391 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2392 return; 2393 2394 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2395 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2396 2397 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2398 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2399 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2400 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2401 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2402 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2403 } 2404 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2405 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2406 // already been ODR-used. 2407 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2408 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2409 } 2410 } 2411 2412 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2413 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2414 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2415 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2416 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2417 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2418 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2419 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2420 << NewTag; 2421 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2422 } 2423 } 2424 } else { 2425 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2426 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2427 } 2428 } 2429 2430 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2431 return; 2432 2433 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2434 2435 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2436 // we process them. 2437 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2438 2439 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2440 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2441 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2442 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2443 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2444 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2445 switch (AMK) { 2446 case AMK_None: 2447 continue; 2448 2449 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2450 case AMK_Override: 2451 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2452 LocalAMK = AMK; 2453 break; 2454 } 2455 } 2456 2457 // Already handled. 2458 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2459 continue; 2460 2461 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2462 foundAny = true; 2463 } 2464 2465 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2466 foundAny = true; 2467 2468 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2469 } 2470 2471 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2472 /// to the new one. 2473 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2474 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2475 Sema &S) { 2476 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2477 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2478 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2479 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2480 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2481 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2482 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2483 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2484 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2485 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2486 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2487 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2488 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2489 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2490 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2491 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2492 } 2493 2494 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2495 return; 2496 2497 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2498 2499 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2500 // done before we process them. 2501 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2502 2503 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2504 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2505 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2506 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2507 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2508 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2509 foundAny = true; 2510 } 2511 } 2512 2513 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2514 } 2515 2516 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2517 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2518 Sema &S) { 2519 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2520 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2521 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2522 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2523 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2524 *Newnullability, 2525 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2526 != 0)) 2527 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2528 *Oldnullability, 2529 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2530 != 0)); 2531 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2532 } 2533 } else { 2534 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2535 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2536 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2537 NewT, NewT); 2538 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2539 } 2540 } 2541 } 2542 2543 namespace { 2544 2545 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2546 /// C. 2547 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2548 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2549 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2550 QualType PromotedType; 2551 }; 2552 2553 } // end anonymous namespace 2554 2555 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2556 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2557 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2558 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2559 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2560 2561 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2562 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2563 2564 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2565 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2566 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2567 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2568 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2569 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2570 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2571 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2572 } 2573 2574 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2575 } 2576 2577 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2578 // declaration, or a declaration. 2579 template <typename T> 2580 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2581 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2582 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2583 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2584 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2585 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2586 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2587 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2588 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2589 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2590 } else 2591 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2592 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2593 } 2594 2595 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2596 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2597 /// GNU89 mode. 2598 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2599 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2600 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2601 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2602 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2603 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2604 } 2605 2606 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2607 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2608 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2609 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2610 return AT; 2611 } 2612 2613 template <typename T> 2614 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2615 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2616 if (DC->isRecord()) 2617 return false; 2618 2619 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2620 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2621 return true; 2622 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2623 return true; 2624 return false; 2625 } 2626 2627 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2628 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2629 2630 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2631 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2632 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2633 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2634 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2635 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2636 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2637 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2638 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2639 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2640 // and function templates; or 2641 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2642 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2643 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2644 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2645 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2646 2647 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2648 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2649 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2650 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2651 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2652 2653 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2654 if (Old && 2655 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2656 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2657 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2658 Old = nullptr; 2659 2660 if (!Old) { 2661 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2662 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2663 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2664 return true; 2665 } 2666 return false; 2667 } 2668 2669 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2670 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2671 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2672 2673 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2674 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2675 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2676 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2677 return true; 2678 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2679 }; 2680 2681 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2682 } 2683 2684 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2685 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2686 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2687 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2688 /// 2689 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2690 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2691 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2692 /// merged with. 2693 /// 2694 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2695 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2696 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2697 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2698 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2699 if (!Old) { 2700 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2701 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2702 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2703 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2704 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2705 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2706 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2707 return true; 2708 } 2709 2710 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2711 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2712 return true; 2713 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2714 } else { 2715 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2716 << New->getDeclName(); 2717 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2718 return true; 2719 } 2720 } 2721 2722 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2723 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2724 return true; 2725 2726 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2727 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2728 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2729 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2730 2731 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2732 // is an extern inline function. 2733 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2734 // storage classes. 2735 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2736 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2737 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2738 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2739 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2740 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2741 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2742 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2743 } else { 2744 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2745 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2746 return true; 2747 } 2748 } 2749 2750 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2751 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2752 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2753 << New->getDeclName(); 2754 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2755 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2756 } 2757 2758 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2759 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2760 // convention of the first. 2761 // 2762 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2763 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2764 // 2765 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2766 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2767 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2768 // 2769 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2770 // other tests to run. 2771 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2772 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2773 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2774 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2775 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2776 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2777 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2778 2779 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2780 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2781 const FunctionType *FT = 2782 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2783 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2784 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2785 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2786 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2787 // there but not here. 2788 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2789 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2790 } else { 2791 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2792 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2793 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2794 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2795 << !FirstCCExplicit 2796 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2797 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2798 2799 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2800 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2801 return true; 2802 } 2803 } 2804 2805 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2806 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2807 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2808 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2809 } 2810 2811 // Merge regparm attribute. 2812 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2813 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2814 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2815 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2816 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2817 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2818 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2819 return true; 2820 } 2821 2822 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2823 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2824 } 2825 2826 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2827 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2828 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2829 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2830 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2831 return true; 2832 } 2833 2834 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2835 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2836 } 2837 2838 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2839 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2840 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2841 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2842 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2843 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2844 } 2845 2846 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2847 // UndefinedButUsed. 2848 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2849 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2850 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2851 Old->isUsed(false) && 2852 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2853 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2854 SourceLocation())); 2855 2856 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2857 // about it. 2858 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2859 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2860 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2861 } 2862 2863 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 2864 // redeclaration. 2865 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 2866 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 2867 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 2868 << New->getDeclName(); 2869 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2870 return true; 2871 } 2872 2873 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2874 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2875 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2876 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2877 // cannot be overloaded. 2878 2879 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2880 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2881 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2882 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2883 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2884 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2885 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2886 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2887 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2888 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2889 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2890 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2891 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2892 QualType ResQT; 2893 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2894 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2895 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2896 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2897 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2898 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2899 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2900 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2901 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2902 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2903 else 2904 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2905 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2906 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2907 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2908 return true; 2909 } 2910 else 2911 NewQType = ResQT; 2912 } 2913 2914 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2915 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2916 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2917 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2918 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2919 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2920 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2921 New->setType( 2922 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2923 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2924 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2925 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2926 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2927 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2928 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2929 } 2930 } 2931 2932 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2933 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2934 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2935 // Preserve triviality. 2936 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2937 2938 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2939 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2940 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2941 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2942 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2943 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2944 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2945 2946 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2947 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2948 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2949 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2950 // is a static member function declaration. 2951 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2952 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2953 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2954 return true; 2955 } 2956 2957 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2958 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2959 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2960 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2961 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2962 unsigned NewDiag; 2963 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2964 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2965 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2966 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2967 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2968 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2969 else 2970 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2971 2972 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2973 } else { 2974 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2975 << New << New->getType(); 2976 } 2977 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2978 return true; 2979 2980 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2981 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2982 // 2983 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2984 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2985 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2986 if (isFriend) { 2987 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2988 } else { 2989 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2990 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2991 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2992 return true; 2993 } 2994 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2995 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2996 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2997 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2998 return true; 2999 } 3000 } 3001 3002 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3003 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3004 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3005 // attribute. 3006 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3007 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3008 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3009 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3010 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3011 } 3012 3013 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3014 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3015 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3016 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3017 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3018 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3019 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3020 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3021 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3022 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3023 } 3024 3025 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3026 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3027 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3028 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3029 3030 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3031 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3032 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3033 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 3034 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3035 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3036 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3037 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3038 } 3039 3040 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3041 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3042 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3043 // 3044 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3045 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3046 // linkage within class scope. 3047 // 3048 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3049 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3050 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3051 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3052 } else { 3053 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3054 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3055 return true; 3056 } 3057 } 3058 3059 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3060 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3061 3062 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3063 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3064 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3065 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3066 // when we instantiate the function. 3067 return false; 3068 } 3069 3070 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3071 } 3072 3073 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3074 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3075 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3076 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3077 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3078 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3079 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3080 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3081 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3082 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3083 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3084 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3085 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3086 NewQType = 3087 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3088 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3089 New->setType(NewQType); 3090 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3091 3092 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3093 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3094 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3095 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3096 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3097 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3098 SC_None, nullptr); 3099 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3100 Param->setImplicit(); 3101 Params.push_back(Param); 3102 } 3103 3104 New->setParams(Params); 3105 } 3106 3107 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3108 } 3109 3110 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3111 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3112 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3113 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3114 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3115 // the prototype. 3116 // 3117 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3118 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3119 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3120 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3121 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3122 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3123 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3124 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3125 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3126 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3127 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3128 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3129 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3130 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3131 3132 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3133 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3134 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3135 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3136 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3137 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3138 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3139 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3140 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3141 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3142 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3143 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3144 NewParm->getType(), 3145 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3146 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3147 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3148 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3149 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3150 } else 3151 LooseCompatible = false; 3152 } 3153 3154 if (LooseCompatible) { 3155 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3156 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3157 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3158 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3159 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3160 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3161 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3162 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3163 } 3164 3165 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3166 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3167 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3168 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3169 } 3170 3171 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3172 } 3173 3174 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3175 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3176 3177 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3178 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3179 unsigned BuiltinID; 3180 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3181 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3182 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3183 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3184 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3185 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3186 << Old << Old->getType(); 3187 3188 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3189 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3190 // 3191 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3192 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3193 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3194 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3195 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3196 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3197 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3198 3199 return false; 3200 } 3201 3202 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3203 } 3204 3205 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3206 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3207 return true; 3208 } 3209 3210 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3211 /// known to be compatible. 3212 /// 3213 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3214 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3215 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3216 /// redeclaration of Old. 3217 /// 3218 /// \returns false 3219 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3220 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3221 // Merge the attributes 3222 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3223 3224 // Merge "pure" flag. 3225 if (Old->isPure()) 3226 New->setPure(); 3227 3228 // Merge "used" flag. 3229 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3230 New->setIsUsed(); 3231 3232 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3233 // declarations. 3234 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3235 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3236 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3237 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3238 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3239 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3240 } 3241 3242 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3243 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3244 3245 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3246 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3247 // was visible. 3248 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3249 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3250 New->setType(Merged); 3251 3252 return false; 3253 } 3254 3255 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3256 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3257 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3258 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3259 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3260 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3261 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3262 : AMK_Override; 3263 3264 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3265 3266 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3267 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3268 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3269 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3270 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3271 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3272 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3273 3274 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3275 } 3276 3277 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3278 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3279 3280 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3281 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3282 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3283 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3284 3285 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3286 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3287 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3288 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3289 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3290 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3291 } 3292 3293 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3294 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3295 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3296 /// 3297 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3298 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3299 /// is attached. 3300 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3301 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3302 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3303 return; 3304 3305 QualType MergedT; 3306 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3307 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3308 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3309 return; 3310 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3311 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3312 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3313 } 3314 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3315 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3316 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3317 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3318 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3319 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3320 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3321 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3322 3323 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3324 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3325 // mismatch. 3326 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3327 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3328 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3329 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3330 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 3331 continue; 3332 3333 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3334 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3335 } 3336 } 3337 3338 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3339 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3340 NewArray->getElementType())) 3341 MergedT = New->getType(); 3342 } 3343 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3344 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3345 // visible. 3346 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3347 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3348 NewArray->getElementType())) 3349 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3350 } 3351 } 3352 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3353 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3354 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3355 Old->getType()); 3356 } 3357 } else { 3358 // C 6.2.7p2: 3359 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3360 // compatible type. 3361 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3362 } 3363 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3364 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3365 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3366 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3367 // equivalent. 3368 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3369 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3370 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3371 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3372 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3373 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3374 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3375 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3376 return; 3377 } 3378 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3379 } 3380 3381 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3382 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3383 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3384 New->setType(MergedT); 3385 } 3386 3387 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3388 LookupResult &Previous) { 3389 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3390 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3391 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3392 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3393 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3394 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3395 // 3396 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3397 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3398 return false; 3399 3400 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3401 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3402 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3403 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3404 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3405 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3406 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3407 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3408 } else { 3409 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3410 // type unless we're in the same function. 3411 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3412 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3413 } 3414 } 3415 3416 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3417 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3418 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3419 /// 3420 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3421 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3422 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3423 /// 3424 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3425 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3426 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3427 return; 3428 3429 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3430 return; 3431 3432 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3433 3434 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3435 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3436 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3437 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3438 if (NewTemplate) { 3439 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3440 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3441 3442 if (auto *Shadow = 3443 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3444 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3445 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3446 } else { 3447 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3448 3449 if (auto *Shadow = 3450 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3451 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3452 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3453 } 3454 } 3455 if (!Old) { 3456 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3457 << New->getDeclName(); 3458 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3459 diag::note_previous_definition); 3460 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3461 } 3462 3463 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3464 if (NewTemplate && 3465 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3466 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3467 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3468 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3469 3470 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3471 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3472 // 3473 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3474 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3475 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3476 << New->getIdentifier(); 3477 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3478 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3479 } 3480 3481 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3482 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3483 // declaration 3484 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3485 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3486 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3487 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3488 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3489 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3490 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3491 } 3492 3493 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3494 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3495 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3496 << New->getDeclName(); 3497 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3498 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3499 } 3500 3501 // Merge the types. 3502 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3503 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3504 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3505 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3506 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3507 return; 3508 } 3509 3510 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3511 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3512 return; 3513 3514 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3515 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3516 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3517 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3518 3519 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3520 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3521 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3522 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3523 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3524 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3525 << New->getDeclName(); 3526 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3527 } else { 3528 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3529 << New->getDeclName(); 3530 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3531 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3532 } 3533 } 3534 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3535 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3536 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3537 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3538 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3539 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3540 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3541 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3542 // identifier has external linkage. 3543 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3544 /* Okay */; 3545 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3546 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3547 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3548 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3549 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3550 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3551 } 3552 3553 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3554 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3555 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3556 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3557 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3558 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3559 } 3560 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3561 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3562 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3563 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3564 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3565 } 3566 3567 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3568 3569 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3570 // need to check for mismatches. 3571 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3572 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3573 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3574 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3575 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3576 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3577 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3578 } 3579 3580 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3581 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3582 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3583 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3584 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3585 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3586 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3587 } else { 3588 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3589 // static and dynamic initialization. 3590 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3591 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3592 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3593 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3594 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3595 } 3596 } 3597 3598 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3599 VarDecl *Def; 3600 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3601 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3602 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3603 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 3604 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 3605 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3606 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3607 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3608 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3609 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3610 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 3611 } else { 3612 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3613 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3614 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3615 return; 3616 } 3617 } 3618 3619 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3620 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3621 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3622 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3623 return; 3624 } 3625 3626 // Merge "used" flag. 3627 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3628 New->setIsUsed(); 3629 3630 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3631 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3632 if (NewTemplate) 3633 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3634 3635 // Inherit access appropriately. 3636 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3637 if (NewTemplate) 3638 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3639 } 3640 3641 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3642 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3643 Decl * 3644 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3645 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3646 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 3647 AnonRecord); 3648 } 3649 3650 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3651 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3652 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3653 // compatibility. 3654 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3655 // targeted. 3656 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3657 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3658 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3659 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3660 } 3661 3662 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3663 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3664 return; 3665 3666 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3667 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3668 // it is anonymous. 3669 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3670 return; 3671 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3672 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3673 Context.setManglingNumber( 3674 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3675 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3676 return; 3677 } 3678 3679 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3680 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3681 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3682 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3683 Context.setManglingNumber( 3684 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3685 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3686 } 3687 } 3688 3689 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3690 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3691 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3692 return; 3693 3694 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3695 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3696 return; 3697 3698 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3699 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3700 3701 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3702 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3703 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3704 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3705 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3706 return; 3707 } 3708 3709 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3710 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3711 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3712 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3713 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3714 // for how to handle it. 3715 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3716 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3717 3718 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3719 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3720 3721 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3722 textToInsert += ' '; 3723 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3724 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3725 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3726 return; 3727 } 3728 3729 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3730 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3731 } 3732 3733 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3734 switch (T) { 3735 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3736 return 0; 3737 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3738 return 1; 3739 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3740 return 2; 3741 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3742 return 3; 3743 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3744 return 4; 3745 default: 3746 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3747 } 3748 } 3749 3750 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3751 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3752 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3753 Decl * 3754 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3755 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3756 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 3757 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3758 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3759 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3760 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3761 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3762 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3763 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3764 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3765 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3766 3767 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3768 return nullptr; 3769 3770 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3771 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3772 // it's a Type. 3773 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3774 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3775 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3776 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3777 } 3778 3779 if (Tag) { 3780 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3781 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3782 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3783 return Tag; 3784 } 3785 3786 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3787 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3788 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3789 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3790 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3791 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3792 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3793 } 3794 3795 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3796 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3797 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3798 if (Tag) 3799 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3800 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3801 else 3802 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3803 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3804 return TagD; 3805 } 3806 3807 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3808 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3809 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3810 // its initializer. 3811 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3812 return TagD; 3813 } 3814 3815 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3816 3817 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3818 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3819 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3820 if (TagD && !Tag) 3821 return nullptr; 3822 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3823 } 3824 3825 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3826 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3827 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3828 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3829 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 3830 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 3831 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3832 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3833 // or an explicit specialization. 3834 // 3835 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 3836 // obvious intent of DR1819. 3837 // 3838 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3839 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3840 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3841 return nullptr; 3842 } 3843 3844 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3845 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3846 3847 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3848 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3849 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3850 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3851 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3852 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 3853 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 3854 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 3855 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 3856 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 3857 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 3858 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 3859 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 3860 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3861 AnonRecord = Record; 3862 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3863 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3864 } 3865 3866 DeclaresAnything = false; 3867 } 3868 } 3869 3870 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3871 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3872 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3873 // 3874 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3875 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3876 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3877 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3878 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3879 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3880 // struct STRUCT; 3881 // union UNION; 3882 // and 3883 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3884 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3885 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3886 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3887 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3888 if (Tag) 3889 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3890 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3891 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3892 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3893 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3894 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3895 3896 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3897 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3898 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3899 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3900 } 3901 3902 DeclaresAnything = false; 3903 } 3904 } 3905 3906 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3907 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3908 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3909 return TagD; 3910 3911 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3912 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3913 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3914 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3915 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3916 DeclaresAnything = false; 3917 3918 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3919 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3920 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3921 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3922 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3923 else 3924 DeclaresAnything = false; 3925 } 3926 3927 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3928 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3929 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3930 << Tag->getTagKind() 3931 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3932 3933 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3934 3935 // C 6.7/2: 3936 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3937 // or the members of an enumeration. 3938 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3939 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3940 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3941 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3942 // previous declaration. 3943 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3944 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3945 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3946 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3947 return TagD; 3948 } 3949 3950 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3951 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3952 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3953 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3954 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3955 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3956 // 3957 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3958 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3959 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3960 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3961 3962 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3963 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3964 // useless. 3965 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3966 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3967 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3968 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3969 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3970 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3971 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3972 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3973 } 3974 3975 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3976 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3977 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3978 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3979 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3980 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3981 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3982 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3983 // Restrict is covered above. 3984 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3985 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3986 } 3987 3988 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3989 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3990 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3991 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3992 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3993 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3994 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3995 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3996 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3997 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3998 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 3999 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 4000 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4001 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4002 } 4003 } 4004 4005 return TagD; 4006 } 4007 4008 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4009 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4010 /// 4011 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4012 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4013 Scope *S, 4014 DeclContext *Owner, 4015 DeclarationName Name, 4016 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4017 bool IsUnion) { 4018 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4019 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4020 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4021 4022 // Pick a representative declaration. 4023 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4024 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4025 4026 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4027 return false; 4028 4029 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4030 << IsUnion << Name; 4031 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4032 4033 return true; 4034 } 4035 4036 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4037 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4038 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4039 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4040 /// struct, e.g., 4041 /// 4042 /// @code 4043 /// union { 4044 /// int i; 4045 /// float f; 4046 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4047 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4048 /// @endcode 4049 /// 4050 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4051 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4052 static bool 4053 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4054 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4055 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4056 bool Invalid = false; 4057 4058 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4059 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4060 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4061 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4062 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4063 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4064 VD->getLocation(), 4065 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4066 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4067 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4068 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4069 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4070 Invalid = true; 4071 } else { 4072 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4073 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4074 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4075 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4076 // anonymous union is declared. 4077 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4078 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4079 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4080 else 4081 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4082 4083 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4084 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4085 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4086 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4087 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4088 4089 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4090 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4091 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 4092 4093 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4094 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4095 4096 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4097 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4098 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4099 4100 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4101 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4102 4103 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4104 } 4105 } 4106 } 4107 4108 return Invalid; 4109 } 4110 4111 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4112 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4113 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4114 static StorageClass 4115 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4116 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4117 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4118 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4119 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4120 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4121 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4122 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4123 return SC_None; 4124 return SC_Extern; 4125 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4126 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4127 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4128 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4129 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4130 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4131 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4132 } 4133 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4134 } 4135 4136 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4137 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4138 4139 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4140 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4141 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4142 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4143 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4144 return FD->getLocation(); 4145 } 4146 4147 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4148 } 4149 4150 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4151 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4152 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4153 return; 4154 4155 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4156 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4157 } 4158 4159 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4160 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4161 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4162 return; 4163 4164 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4165 } 4166 4167 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4168 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4169 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4170 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4171 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4172 AccessSpecifier AS, 4173 RecordDecl *Record, 4174 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4175 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4176 4177 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4178 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4179 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4180 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4181 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4182 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4183 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4184 4185 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4186 // structs/unions. 4187 bool Invalid = false; 4188 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4189 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4190 unsigned DiagID; 4191 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4192 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4193 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4194 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4195 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4196 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4197 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4198 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4199 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4200 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4201 4202 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4203 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4204 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4205 } 4206 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4207 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4208 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4209 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4210 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4211 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4212 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4213 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4214 4215 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4216 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4217 SourceLocation(), 4218 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4219 } 4220 } 4221 4222 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4223 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4224 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4225 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4226 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4227 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4228 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4229 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4230 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4231 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4232 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4233 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4234 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4235 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4236 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4237 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4238 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4239 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4240 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4241 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4242 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4243 4244 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4245 } 4246 4247 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4248 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4249 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4250 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4251 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4252 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4253 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4254 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4255 // members (clause 11). 4256 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4257 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4258 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4259 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4260 Invalid = true; 4261 } 4262 4263 // C++ [class.union]p1 4264 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4265 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4266 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4267 // array of such objects. 4268 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4269 Invalid = true; 4270 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4271 // Any implicit members are fine. 4272 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4273 // This is a type that showed up in an 4274 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4275 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4276 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4277 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4278 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4279 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4280 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4281 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4282 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4283 << Record->isUnion(); 4284 else { 4285 // This is a nested type declaration. 4286 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4287 << Record->isUnion(); 4288 Invalid = true; 4289 } 4290 } else { 4291 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4292 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4293 // not part of standard C++. 4294 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4295 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4296 << Record->isUnion(); 4297 } 4298 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4299 // Any access specifier is fine. 4300 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4301 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4302 } else { 4303 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4304 // member. Complain about it. 4305 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4306 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4307 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4308 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4309 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4310 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4311 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4312 4313 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4314 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4315 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4316 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4317 << Record->isUnion(); 4318 else { 4319 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4320 Invalid = true; 4321 } 4322 } 4323 } 4324 4325 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4326 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4327 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4328 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4329 Owner->isRecord()) 4330 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4331 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4332 } 4333 4334 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4335 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4336 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4337 Invalid = true; 4338 } 4339 4340 // Mock up a declarator. 4341 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4342 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4343 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4344 4345 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4346 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4347 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4348 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4349 DS.getLocStart(), 4350 Record->getLocation(), 4351 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4352 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4353 TInfo, 4354 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4355 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4356 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4357 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4358 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4359 } else { 4360 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4361 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4362 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4363 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4364 // an error here 4365 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4366 Invalid = true; 4367 SC = SC_None; 4368 } 4369 4370 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4371 DS.getLocStart(), 4372 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4373 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4374 TInfo, SC); 4375 4376 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4377 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4378 // initializer: 4379 // union { int n = 0; }; 4380 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4381 } 4382 Anon->setImplicit(); 4383 4384 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4385 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4386 4387 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4388 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4389 // its members. 4390 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4391 4392 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4393 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4394 // purposes. 4395 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4396 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4397 4398 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4399 Invalid = true; 4400 4401 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4402 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4403 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4404 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4405 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4406 Context.setManglingNumber( 4407 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4408 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4409 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4410 } 4411 } 4412 } 4413 4414 if (Invalid) 4415 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4416 4417 return Anon; 4418 } 4419 4420 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4421 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4422 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4423 /// Example: 4424 /// 4425 /// struct A { int a; }; 4426 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4427 /// 4428 /// void foo() { 4429 /// B var; 4430 /// var.a = 3; 4431 /// } 4432 /// 4433 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4434 RecordDecl *Record) { 4435 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4436 4437 // Mock up a declarator. 4438 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4439 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4440 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4441 4442 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4443 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4444 4445 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4446 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4447 ParentDecl, 4448 DS.getLocStart(), 4449 DS.getLocStart(), 4450 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4451 RecTy, 4452 TInfo, 4453 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4454 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4455 Anon->setImplicit(); 4456 4457 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4458 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4459 4460 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4461 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4462 // purposes. 4463 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4464 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4465 4466 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4467 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4468 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4469 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4470 AS_none, Chain)) { 4471 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4472 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4473 } 4474 4475 return Anon; 4476 } 4477 4478 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4479 /// given Declarator. 4480 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4481 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4482 } 4483 4484 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4485 DeclarationNameInfo 4486 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4487 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4488 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4489 4490 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4491 4492 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4493 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4494 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4495 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4496 return NameInfo; 4497 4498 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4499 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4500 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4501 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4502 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4503 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4504 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4505 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4506 return NameInfo; 4507 4508 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4509 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4510 Name.Identifier)); 4511 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4512 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4513 return NameInfo; 4514 4515 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4516 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4517 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4518 if (Ty.isNull()) 4519 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4520 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4521 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4522 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4523 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4524 return NameInfo; 4525 } 4526 4527 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4528 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4529 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4530 if (Ty.isNull()) 4531 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4532 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4533 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4534 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4535 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4536 return NameInfo; 4537 } 4538 4539 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4540 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4541 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4542 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4543 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4544 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4545 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4546 4547 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4548 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4549 4550 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4551 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4552 // was qualified. 4553 4554 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4555 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4556 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4557 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4558 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4559 return NameInfo; 4560 } 4561 4562 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4563 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4564 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4565 if (Ty.isNull()) 4566 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4567 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4568 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4569 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4570 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4571 return NameInfo; 4572 } 4573 4574 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4575 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4576 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4577 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4578 } 4579 4580 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4581 4582 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4583 } 4584 4585 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4586 do { 4587 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4588 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4589 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4590 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4591 else 4592 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4593 } while (true); 4594 } 4595 4596 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4597 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4598 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4599 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4600 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4601 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4602 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4603 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4604 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4605 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4606 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4607 Params.clear(); 4608 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4609 return false; 4610 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4611 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4612 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4613 4614 // The parameter types are identical 4615 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4616 continue; 4617 4618 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4619 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4620 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4621 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4622 4623 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4624 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4625 Params.push_back(Idx); 4626 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4627 return false; 4628 } 4629 4630 return true; 4631 } 4632 4633 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4634 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4635 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4636 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4637 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4638 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4639 DeclarationName Name) { 4640 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4641 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4642 // - types which will become injected class names 4643 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4644 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4645 // few cases here. 4646 4647 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4648 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4649 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4650 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4651 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4652 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4653 // Grab the type from the parser. 4654 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4655 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4656 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4657 4658 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4659 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4660 // attached already. 4661 if (!TSI) 4662 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4663 4664 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4665 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4666 if (!TSI) return true; 4667 4668 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4669 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4670 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4671 break; 4672 } 4673 4674 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4675 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4676 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4677 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4678 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4679 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4680 break; 4681 } 4682 4683 default: 4684 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4685 break; 4686 } 4687 4688 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4689 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4690 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4691 4692 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4693 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4694 // pointer. 4695 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4696 continue; 4697 4698 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4699 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4700 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4701 return true; 4702 } 4703 4704 return false; 4705 } 4706 4707 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4708 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4709 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4710 4711 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4712 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4713 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4714 4715 return Dcl; 4716 } 4717 4718 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4719 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4720 /// name different from T: 4721 /// - every static data member of class T; 4722 /// - every member function of class T 4723 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4724 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4725 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4726 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4727 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4728 4729 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4730 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 4731 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 4732 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4733 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4734 return true; 4735 } 4736 4737 return false; 4738 } 4739 4740 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4741 /// nested-name-specifier. 4742 /// 4743 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4744 /// 4745 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4746 /// resolves. 4747 /// 4748 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4749 /// 4750 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4751 /// 4752 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4753 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4754 DeclarationName Name, 4755 SourceLocation Loc) { 4756 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4757 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4758 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4759 4760 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4761 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4762 // 4763 // class X { 4764 // void X::f(); 4765 // }; 4766 // 4767 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4768 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4769 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4770 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4771 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4772 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4773 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4774 SS.clear(); 4775 } else { 4776 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4777 } 4778 return false; 4779 } 4780 4781 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4782 // declaration. 4783 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4784 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4785 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4786 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4787 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4788 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4789 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4790 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4791 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4792 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4793 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4794 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4795 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4796 else 4797 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4798 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4799 4800 return true; 4801 } 4802 4803 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4804 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4805 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4806 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4807 SS.clear(); 4808 4809 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4810 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4811 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4812 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4813 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4814 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4815 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4816 return true; 4817 4818 return false; 4819 } 4820 4821 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4822 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4823 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4824 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4825 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4826 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4827 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4828 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4829 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4830 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4831 4832 return false; 4833 } 4834 4835 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4836 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4837 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4838 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4839 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4840 4841 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4842 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4843 if (!Name) { 4844 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4845 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4846 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4847 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4848 return nullptr; 4849 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4850 return nullptr; 4851 4852 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4853 // we find one that is. 4854 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4855 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4856 S = S->getParent(); 4857 4858 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4859 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4860 D.setInvalidType(); 4861 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4862 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4863 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4864 return nullptr; 4865 4866 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4867 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4868 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4869 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4870 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4871 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4872 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4873 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4874 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4875 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4876 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4877 return nullptr; 4878 } 4879 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4880 4881 if (!IsDependentContext && 4882 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4883 return nullptr; 4884 4885 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 4886 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4887 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4888 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4889 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4890 return nullptr; 4891 } 4892 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4893 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4894 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4895 if (DC->isRecord()) 4896 return nullptr; 4897 4898 D.setInvalidType(); 4899 } 4900 } 4901 4902 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4903 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4904 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4905 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4906 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4907 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4908 D.setInvalidType(); 4909 } 4910 } 4911 4912 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4913 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4914 4915 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4916 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4917 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 4918 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 4919 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4920 return nullptr; 4921 4922 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4923 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4924 D.setInvalidType(); 4925 4926 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4927 ForRedeclaration); 4928 4929 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4930 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4931 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4932 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4933 4934 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4935 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4936 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4937 // 4938 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4939 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4940 // the same name. 4941 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4942 /* Do nothing*/; 4943 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4944 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4945 R->isFunctionType())) { 4946 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4947 CreateBuiltins = 4948 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4949 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4950 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4951 CreateBuiltins = true; 4952 4953 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4954 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4955 4956 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4957 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4958 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4959 4960 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4961 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4962 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4963 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4964 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4965 // thereof; [...] 4966 // 4967 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4968 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4969 // we want to match. For example, given: 4970 // 4971 // class X { 4972 // void f(); 4973 // void f(float); 4974 // }; 4975 // 4976 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4977 // 4978 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4979 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4980 // matches. 4981 4982 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4983 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4984 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4985 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4986 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4987 } 4988 4989 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4990 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4991 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4992 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4993 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4994 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4995 4996 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4997 Previous.clear(); 4998 } 4999 5000 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5001 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5002 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 5003 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 5004 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5005 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5006 Previous.clear(); 5007 5008 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5009 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5010 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5011 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5012 5013 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5014 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 5015 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 5016 // template, declared in namespace scope 5017 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5018 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5019 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5020 return nullptr; 5021 } 5022 5023 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 5024 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5025 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 5026 return nullptr; 5027 } 5028 } 5029 5030 NamedDecl *New; 5031 5032 bool AddToScope = true; 5033 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5034 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5035 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5036 return nullptr; 5037 } 5038 5039 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5040 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5041 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5042 TemplateParamLists, 5043 AddToScope); 5044 } else { 5045 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5046 AddToScope); 5047 } 5048 5049 if (!New) 5050 return nullptr; 5051 5052 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 5053 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 5054 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 5055 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 5056 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5057 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5058 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5059 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5060 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5061 if (!AddToContext) 5062 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5063 } 5064 5065 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5066 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5067 5068 return New; 5069 } 5070 5071 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5072 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5073 /// GCC compatibility). 5074 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5075 ASTContext &Context, 5076 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5077 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5078 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5079 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5080 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5081 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5082 SizeIsNegative = false; 5083 Oversized = 0; 5084 5085 if (T->isDependentType()) 5086 return QualType(); 5087 5088 QualifierCollector Qs; 5089 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5090 5091 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5092 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5093 QualType FixedType = 5094 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5095 Oversized); 5096 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5097 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5098 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5099 } 5100 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5101 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5102 QualType FixedType = 5103 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5104 Oversized); 5105 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5106 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5107 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5108 } 5109 5110 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5111 if (!VLATy) 5112 return QualType(); 5113 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5114 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5115 return QualType(); 5116 5117 llvm::APSInt Res; 5118 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5119 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5120 return QualType(); 5121 5122 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5123 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5124 SizeIsNegative = true; 5125 return QualType(); 5126 } 5127 5128 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5129 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5130 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5131 Res); 5132 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5133 Oversized = Res; 5134 return QualType(); 5135 } 5136 5137 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5138 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5139 } 5140 5141 static void 5142 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5143 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5144 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5145 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5146 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5147 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5148 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5149 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5150 return; 5151 } 5152 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5153 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5154 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5155 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5156 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5157 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5158 return; 5159 } 5160 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5161 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5162 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5163 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5164 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5165 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5166 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5167 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5168 } 5169 5170 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5171 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5172 /// GCC compatibility). 5173 static TypeSourceInfo* 5174 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5175 ASTContext &Context, 5176 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5177 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5178 QualType FixedTy 5179 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5180 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5181 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5182 return nullptr; 5183 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5184 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5185 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5186 return FixedTInfo; 5187 } 5188 5189 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5190 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5191 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5192 /// function-scope declarations. 5193 void 5194 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5195 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5196 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5197 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5198 return; 5199 5200 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5201 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5202 } 5203 5204 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5205 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5206 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5207 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5208 } 5209 5210 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5211 /// does not identify a function. 5212 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5213 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5214 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 5215 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 5216 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 5217 diag::err_inline_non_function); 5218 5219 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5220 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5221 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5222 5223 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5224 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5225 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5226 5227 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5228 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5229 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5230 } 5231 5232 NamedDecl* 5233 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5234 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5235 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5236 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5237 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5238 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5239 D.setInvalidType(); 5240 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5241 DC = CurContext; 5242 Previous.clear(); 5243 } 5244 5245 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5246 5247 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5248 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5249 << 1; 5250 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5251 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5252 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5253 5254 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5255 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5256 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5257 return nullptr; 5258 } 5259 5260 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5261 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5262 5263 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5264 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5265 5266 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5267 5268 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5269 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5270 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5271 return ND; 5272 } 5273 5274 void 5275 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5276 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5277 // then it shall have block scope. 5278 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5279 // that redeclarations will match. 5280 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5281 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5282 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5283 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5284 5285 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5286 bool SizeIsNegative; 5287 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5288 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5289 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5290 SizeIsNegative, 5291 Oversized); 5292 if (FixedTInfo) { 5293 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5294 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5295 } else { 5296 if (SizeIsNegative) 5297 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5298 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5299 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5300 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5301 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5302 << Oversized.toString(10); 5303 else 5304 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5305 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5306 } 5307 } 5308 } 5309 } 5310 5311 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5312 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5313 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5314 NamedDecl* 5315 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5316 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5317 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5318 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5319 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5320 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5321 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5322 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5323 Redeclaration = true; 5324 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5325 } 5326 5327 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5328 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5329 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5330 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5331 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5332 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5333 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5334 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5335 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5336 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5337 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5338 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5339 } 5340 5341 return NewTD; 5342 } 5343 5344 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5345 /// previous declaration. 5346 /// 5347 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5348 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5349 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5350 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5351 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5352 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5353 /// 5354 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5355 /// lookup 5356 /// 5357 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5358 /// declared. 5359 /// 5360 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5361 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5362 static bool 5363 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5364 ASTContext &Context) { 5365 if (!PrevDecl) 5366 return false; 5367 5368 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5369 return false; 5370 5371 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5372 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5373 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5374 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5375 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5376 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5377 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5378 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5379 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5380 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5381 return false; 5382 5383 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5384 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5385 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5386 return false; 5387 5388 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5389 // previous declarations. 5390 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5391 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5392 5393 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5394 // isn't the same function. 5395 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5396 return false; 5397 } 5398 5399 return true; 5400 } 5401 5402 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5403 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5404 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5405 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5406 } 5407 5408 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5409 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5410 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5411 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5412 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5413 unsigned kind = -1U; 5414 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5415 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5416 kind = 0; // __block 5417 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5418 kind = 1; // global 5419 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5420 kind = 3; // ivar 5421 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5422 kind = 2; // field 5423 } 5424 5425 if (kind != -1U) { 5426 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5427 << kind; 5428 } 5429 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5430 // Try to infer lifetime. 5431 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5432 return false; 5433 5434 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5435 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5436 decl->setType(type); 5437 } 5438 5439 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5440 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5441 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5442 var->getTLSKind()) { 5443 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5444 << var->getType(); 5445 return true; 5446 } 5447 } 5448 5449 return false; 5450 } 5451 5452 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5453 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5454 // the wrong linkage. 5455 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5456 5457 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5458 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5459 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5460 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5461 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5462 } 5463 } 5464 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5465 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5466 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5467 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5468 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5469 } 5470 } 5471 5472 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5473 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5474 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5475 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5476 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5477 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 5478 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5479 } 5480 } 5481 } 5482 5483 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5484 // It does not apply to functions. 5485 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5486 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5487 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5488 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5489 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5490 } 5491 } 5492 5493 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5494 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5495 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5496 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5497 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5498 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5499 << &ND << Attr; 5500 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5501 } 5502 } 5503 5504 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5505 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5506 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5507 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5508 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5509 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5510 << Attr; 5511 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5512 } 5513 } 5514 5515 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5516 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5517 bool IsSpecialization) { 5518 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5519 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5520 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5521 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5522 5523 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5524 return; 5525 5526 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5527 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5528 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5529 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5530 5531 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5532 // inherited attribute instances. 5533 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5534 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5535 5536 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5537 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5538 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5539 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5540 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5541 5542 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5543 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5544 bool JustWarn = false; 5545 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5546 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5547 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5548 JustWarn = true; 5549 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5550 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5551 JustWarn = true; 5552 } 5553 5554 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5555 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5556 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5557 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5558 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5559 JustWarn = false; 5560 5561 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5562 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5563 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5564 << NewDecl 5565 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5566 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5567 if (!JustWarn) { 5568 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5569 return; 5570 } 5571 } 5572 5573 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5574 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5575 // and qualified friend declarations. 5576 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5577 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5578 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5579 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5580 // separately. 5581 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5582 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5583 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5584 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5585 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5586 } 5587 5588 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5589 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5590 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5591 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5592 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5593 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5594 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5595 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5596 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5597 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && 5598 !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 5599 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5600 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5601 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5602 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5603 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5604 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5605 } 5606 } 5607 5608 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5609 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5610 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5611 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5612 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5613 5614 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5615 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5616 5617 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5618 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5619 return false; 5620 5621 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5622 5623 #ifndef NDEBUG 5624 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5625 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5626 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5627 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5628 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5629 #endif 5630 5631 bool isC99Inline = 5632 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5633 5634 #ifndef NDEBUG 5635 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5636 #endif 5637 5638 return isC99Inline; 5639 } 5640 5641 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5642 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5643 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5644 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5645 /// 5646 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5647 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5648 /// 5649 /// For instance: 5650 /// 5651 /// auto x = []{}; 5652 /// 5653 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5654 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5655 /// 5656 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5657 template<typename T> 5658 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5659 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5660 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5661 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5662 return false; 5663 5664 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 5665 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 5666 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 5667 return false; 5668 } 5669 return D->isExternC(); 5670 } 5671 5672 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5673 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5674 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5675 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5676 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5677 return true; 5678 if (DC->isRecord()) 5679 return false; 5680 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5681 } 5682 5683 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5684 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5685 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 5686 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5687 return true; 5688 if (DC->isRecord()) 5689 return false; 5690 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5691 } 5692 5693 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5694 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5695 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5696 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5697 return true; 5698 return false; 5699 } 5700 5701 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5702 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5703 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5704 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5705 return true; 5706 5707 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5708 // position to the decl itself. 5709 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5710 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5711 return true; 5712 } 5713 5714 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5715 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5716 } 5717 5718 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5719 /// function-local external declaration. 5720 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5721 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5722 return false; 5723 5724 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5725 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5726 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5727 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5728 return true; 5729 5730 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5731 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5732 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5733 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5734 // 5735 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5736 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5737 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5738 DC = DC->getParent(); 5739 return true; 5740 } 5741 5742 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5743 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5744 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5745 return FD->isExternC(); 5746 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5747 return VD->isExternC(); 5748 5749 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5750 } 5751 5752 NamedDecl * 5753 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5754 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5755 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5756 bool &AddToScope) { 5757 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5758 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5759 5760 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 5761 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 5762 // argument. 5763 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType())) { 5764 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5765 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 5766 << R; 5767 D.setInvalidType(); 5768 return nullptr; 5769 } 5770 5771 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5772 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5773 5774 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5775 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5776 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5777 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5778 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5779 SC = SC_Extern; 5780 5781 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5782 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5783 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5784 5785 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5786 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5787 QualType NR = R; 5788 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5789 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5790 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5791 D.setInvalidType(); 5792 break; 5793 } 5794 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5795 } 5796 5797 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5798 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5799 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5800 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5801 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5802 D.setInvalidType(); 5803 } 5804 } 5805 } 5806 5807 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5808 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5809 // an error here 5810 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5811 D.setInvalidType(); 5812 SC = SC_None; 5813 } 5814 5815 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5816 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5817 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5818 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5819 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5820 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5821 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5822 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 5823 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5824 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5825 } 5826 5827 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5828 if (!II) { 5829 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5830 << Name; 5831 return nullptr; 5832 } 5833 5834 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5835 5836 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5837 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5838 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5839 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5840 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5841 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5842 D.setInvalidType(); 5843 } 5844 } 5845 5846 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5847 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5848 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5849 // space qualifiers. 5850 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5851 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5852 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5853 } 5854 5855 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5856 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5857 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5858 // address space qualifiers. 5859 if (R->isEventT()) { 5860 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5861 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5862 D.setInvalidType(); 5863 } 5864 5865 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5866 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5867 D.setInvalidType(); 5868 } 5869 } 5870 } 5871 5872 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5873 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5874 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5875 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5876 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5877 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5878 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5879 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5880 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5881 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5882 R, TInfo, SC); 5883 5884 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5885 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5886 5887 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5888 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5889 } else { 5890 bool Invalid = false; 5891 5892 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5893 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5894 switch (SC) { 5895 case SC_None: 5896 break; 5897 case SC_Static: 5898 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5899 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5900 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5901 break; 5902 case SC_Auto: 5903 case SC_Register: 5904 case SC_Extern: 5905 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5906 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5907 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5908 // of class members 5909 5910 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5911 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5912 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5913 break; 5914 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5915 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5916 } 5917 } 5918 5919 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5920 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5921 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5922 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5923 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5924 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5925 5926 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5927 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5928 if (RD->isUnion()) 5929 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5930 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5931 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5932 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5933 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5934 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5935 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5936 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5937 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5938 } 5939 } 5940 5941 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5942 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5943 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5944 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5945 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5946 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5947 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5948 : nullptr, 5949 TemplateParamLists, 5950 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5951 5952 if (TemplateParams) { 5953 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5954 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5955 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5956 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5957 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5958 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5959 << II 5960 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5961 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5962 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5963 } else { 5964 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5965 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5966 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5967 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5968 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5969 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5970 // This is a template declaration. 5971 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5972 5973 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5974 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5975 return nullptr; 5976 5977 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5978 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5979 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5980 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5981 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5982 } 5983 } 5984 } else { 5985 assert( 5986 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 5987 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5988 } 5989 5990 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5991 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5992 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5993 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5994 : SourceLocation(); 5995 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5996 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5997 IsPartialSpecialization); 5998 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5999 return nullptr; 6000 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6001 AddToScope = false; 6002 } else 6003 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6004 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6005 6006 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6007 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6008 NewTemplate = 6009 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6010 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6011 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6012 } 6013 6014 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6015 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6016 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 6017 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6018 6019 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6020 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6021 if (NewTemplate) 6022 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6023 } 6024 6025 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 6026 6027 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6028 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6029 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6030 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6031 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6032 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6033 6034 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 6035 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6036 6037 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 6038 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6039 VTD->setConcept(); 6040 6041 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 6042 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 6043 // specifiers, [...] 6044 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 6045 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6046 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6047 << 0 << 0; 6048 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6049 } 6050 6051 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6052 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6053 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6054 << 0 << 3; 6055 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6056 } 6057 6058 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 6059 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 6060 // template, declared in namespace scope. 6061 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6062 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 6063 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) 6064 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1); 6065 } 6066 6067 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the 6068 // following restrictions: 6069 // - The declared type shall have the type bool. 6070 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) && 6071 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6072 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl); 6073 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6074 } 6075 } 6076 } 6077 6078 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6079 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6080 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6081 if (NewTemplate) 6082 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6083 6084 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 6085 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6086 6087 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6088 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6089 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6090 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6091 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6092 // explicitly. 6093 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6094 // 'extern'. 6095 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6096 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6097 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6098 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6099 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6100 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6101 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6102 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6103 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6104 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6105 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6106 // error should be ignored. 6107 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6108 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6109 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6110 // to emit any code for it. 6111 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6112 } else 6113 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6114 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6115 } else 6116 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6117 } 6118 6119 // C99 6.7.4p3 6120 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6121 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6122 // thread storage duration... 6123 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6124 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6125 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6126 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6127 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6128 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6129 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6130 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6131 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6132 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6133 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6134 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6135 } 6136 } 6137 6138 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6139 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6140 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6141 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6142 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6143 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6144 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 6145 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6146 << 2 6147 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6148 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6149 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6150 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6151 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6152 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6153 else { 6154 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6155 if (NewTemplate) 6156 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6157 } 6158 } 6159 6160 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6161 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6162 6163 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6164 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6165 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6166 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6167 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6168 // storage [duration]." 6169 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6170 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6171 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6172 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6173 } 6174 } 6175 6176 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6177 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6178 // check the VarDecl itself. 6179 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6180 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6181 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6182 6183 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6184 // retainable type. 6185 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6186 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6187 6188 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6189 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6190 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6191 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6192 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6193 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6194 switch (SC) { 6195 case SC_None: 6196 case SC_Auto: 6197 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6198 break; 6199 case SC_Register: 6200 // Local Named register 6201 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6202 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6203 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6204 break; 6205 case SC_Static: 6206 case SC_Extern: 6207 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6208 break; 6209 } 6210 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6211 // Global Named register 6212 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6213 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6214 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6215 6216 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6217 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6218 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6219 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6220 HasSizeMismatch)) 6221 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6222 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6223 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6224 } 6225 6226 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6227 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6228 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6229 } 6230 } 6231 6232 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6233 Context, Label, 0)); 6234 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6235 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6236 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6237 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6238 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6239 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6240 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6241 } else 6242 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6243 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6244 } 6245 } 6246 6247 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6248 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6249 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6250 6251 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6252 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6253 // declaration has linkage). 6254 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6255 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6256 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6257 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6258 6259 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6260 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6261 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6262 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6263 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6264 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6265 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6266 6267 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6268 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6269 } else { 6270 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6271 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6272 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6273 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6274 6275 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6276 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6277 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6278 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6279 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6280 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6281 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6282 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6283 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6284 Previous.clear(); 6285 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6286 } 6287 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6288 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6289 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6290 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6291 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6292 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6293 } 6294 6295 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6296 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6297 6298 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p7: A program shall not declare [...] 6299 // an explicit specialization (14.8.3) or a partial specialization of a 6300 // concept definition. 6301 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization && 6302 !D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified() && !Previous.empty() && 6303 Previous.isSingleResult()) { 6304 NamedDecl *PreviousDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6305 if (VarTemplateDecl *VarTmpl = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(PreviousDecl)) { 6306 if (VarTmpl->isConcept()) { 6307 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_concept_specialized) 6308 << 1 /*variable*/ 6309 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 /*partially specialized*/ 6310 : 1 /*explicitly specialized*/); 6311 Diag(VarTmpl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6312 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6313 } 6314 } 6315 } 6316 6317 if (NewTemplate) { 6318 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6319 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6320 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6321 : nullptr; 6322 6323 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6324 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6325 // template declaration. 6326 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6327 TemplateParams, 6328 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6329 : nullptr, 6330 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6331 DC->isDependentContext()) 6332 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6333 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6334 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6335 6336 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6337 // template, make a note of that. 6338 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6339 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6340 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6341 } 6342 } 6343 6344 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6345 6346 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6347 // the map of such variables. 6348 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6349 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6350 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6351 6352 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6353 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6354 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6355 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6356 Context.setManglingNumber( 6357 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6358 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6359 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6360 } 6361 } 6362 6363 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6364 if (Name.isIdentifier() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6365 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6366 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6367 6368 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6369 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6370 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6371 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6372 6373 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6374 // behavior. 6375 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6376 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6377 } 6378 6379 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6380 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6381 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6382 IsExplicitSpecialization); 6383 } 6384 6385 if (NewTemplate) { 6386 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6387 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6388 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6389 return NewTemplate; 6390 } 6391 6392 return NewVD; 6393 } 6394 6395 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 6396 enum ShadowedDeclKind { SDK_Local, SDK_Global, SDK_StaticMember, SDK_Field }; 6397 6398 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6399 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6400 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 6401 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 6402 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 6403 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 6404 } 6405 6406 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6407 /// -Wshadow. 6408 /// 6409 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6410 /// scope. 6411 /// 6412 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6413 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6414 /// 6415 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6416 // Return if warning is ignored. 6417 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6418 return; 6419 6420 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6421 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6422 return; 6423 6424 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6425 6426 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6427 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6428 return; 6429 6430 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6431 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6432 return; 6433 6434 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 6435 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6436 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6437 if (MD->isStatic()) 6438 return; 6439 6440 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 6441 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 6442 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC) && isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 6443 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 6444 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 6445 D = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 6446 ShadowingDecls.insert({D, FD}); 6447 return; 6448 } 6449 } 6450 6451 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6452 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6453 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6454 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6455 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6456 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6457 ShadowedDecl = I; 6458 break; 6459 } 6460 } 6461 6462 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6463 6464 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6465 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6466 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6467 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6468 return; 6469 6470 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6471 // static data members from base classes? 6472 6473 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6474 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6475 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6476 } 6477 6478 6479 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6480 6481 // Emit warning and note. 6482 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6483 return; 6484 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 6485 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6486 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6487 } 6488 6489 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6490 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6491 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6492 return; 6493 6494 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6495 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6496 LookupName(R, S); 6497 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6498 } 6499 6500 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 6501 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 6502 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 6503 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 6504 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 6505 return; 6506 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6507 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 6508 if (!DRE) 6509 return; 6510 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 6511 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 6512 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 6513 return; 6514 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 6515 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6516 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 6517 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 6518 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6519 6520 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 6521 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 6522 } 6523 6524 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6525 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6526 template<typename T> 6527 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6528 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6529 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6530 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6531 6532 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6533 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6534 // declaration. 6535 return false; 6536 } 6537 6538 if (Prev) { 6539 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6540 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6541 // redeclaration. 6542 Previous.clear(); 6543 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6544 return true; 6545 } 6546 6547 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6548 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6549 // declaration. 6550 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6551 return false; 6552 } else { 6553 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6554 // translation unit which might conflict. 6555 if (IsGlobal) { 6556 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6557 IsGlobal = false; 6558 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6559 I != E; ++I) { 6560 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6561 Prev = *I; 6562 break; 6563 } 6564 } 6565 } else { 6566 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6567 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6568 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6569 I != E; ++I) { 6570 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6571 Prev = *I; 6572 break; 6573 } 6574 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6575 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6576 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6577 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6578 // diagnostic. 6579 } 6580 } 6581 6582 if (!Prev) 6583 return false; 6584 } 6585 6586 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6587 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6588 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6589 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6590 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6591 else 6592 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6593 6594 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6595 << IsGlobal << ND; 6596 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6597 << IsGlobal; 6598 return false; 6599 } 6600 6601 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6602 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6603 /// 6604 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6605 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6606 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6607 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6608 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6609 template<typename T> 6610 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6611 LookupResult &Previous) { 6612 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6613 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6614 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6615 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6616 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6617 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6618 Previous.clear(); 6619 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6620 return true; 6621 } 6622 } 6623 return false; 6624 } 6625 6626 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6627 // declaration. 6628 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6629 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6630 6631 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6632 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6633 // in another scope. 6634 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6635 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6636 6637 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6638 return false; 6639 } 6640 6641 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6642 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6643 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6644 return; 6645 6646 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6647 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6648 6649 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6650 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6651 return; 6652 6653 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6654 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6655 6656 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6657 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6658 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6659 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6660 NewVD->setType(T); 6661 } 6662 6663 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6664 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6665 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6666 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6667 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 6668 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6669 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6670 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6671 return; 6672 } 6673 6674 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 6675 // scope. 6676 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 6677 !getOpenCLOptions().cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers && 6678 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6679 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6680 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6681 return; 6682 } 6683 6684 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6685 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 6686 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6687 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 6688 return; 6689 } 6690 6691 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 6692 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 6693 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 6694 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 6695 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 6696 << 0 /*const*/; 6697 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6698 return; 6699 } 6700 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 6701 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 6702 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6703 return; 6704 } 6705 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Blocks with variadic arguments are not supported. 6706 // TODO: this check is not enough as it doesn't diagnose the typedef 6707 const BlockPointerType *BlkTy = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>(); 6708 const FunctionProtoType *FTy = 6709 BlkTy->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6710 if (FTy && FTy->isVariadic()) { 6711 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_proto_variadic) 6712 << T << NewVD->getSourceRange(); 6713 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6714 return; 6715 } 6716 } 6717 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6718 // __constant address space. 6719 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6720 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6721 // address space. 6722 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 6723 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 6724 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 6725 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6726 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6727 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6728 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 6729 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6730 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6731 << Scope << "global or constant"; 6732 else 6733 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6734 << Scope << "constant"; 6735 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6736 return; 6737 } 6738 } else { 6739 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6740 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6741 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 6742 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6743 return; 6744 } 6745 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables 6746 // in functions. 6747 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6748 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 6749 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6750 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6751 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 6752 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6753 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 6754 else 6755 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6756 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 6757 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6758 return; 6759 } 6760 } 6761 } 6762 } 6763 6764 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6765 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6766 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6767 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6768 else { 6769 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6770 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6771 } 6772 } 6773 6774 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6775 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6776 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6777 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6778 6779 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6780 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6781 bool SizeIsNegative; 6782 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6783 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6784 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6785 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6786 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6787 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6788 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6789 // int a[10][n]; 6790 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6791 6792 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6793 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6794 << SizeRange; 6795 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6796 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6797 << SizeRange; 6798 else 6799 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6800 << SizeRange; 6801 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6802 return; 6803 } 6804 6805 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6806 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6807 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6808 else 6809 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6810 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6811 return; 6812 } 6813 6814 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6815 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6816 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6817 } 6818 6819 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6820 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6821 // of objects and functions. 6822 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6823 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6824 << T; 6825 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6826 return; 6827 } 6828 } 6829 6830 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6831 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6832 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6833 return; 6834 } 6835 6836 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6837 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6838 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6839 return; 6840 } 6841 6842 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6843 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6844 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6845 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6846 return; 6847 } 6848 } 6849 6850 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6851 /// declaration. 6852 /// 6853 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6854 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6855 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6856 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6857 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6858 /// 6859 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6860 /// 6861 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6862 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6863 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6864 6865 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6866 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6867 return false; 6868 6869 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6870 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6871 if (Previous.empty() && 6872 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6873 Previous.setShadowed(); 6874 6875 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6876 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6877 return true; 6878 } 6879 return false; 6880 } 6881 6882 namespace { 6883 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 6884 Sema *S; 6885 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6886 6887 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6888 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6889 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6890 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 6891 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 6892 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6893 6894 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 6895 6896 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6897 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6898 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6899 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6900 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6901 6902 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6903 } 6904 6905 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 6906 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6907 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6908 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6909 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 6910 return true; 6911 } 6912 } 6913 6914 return false; 6915 } 6916 }; 6917 6918 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6919 } // end anonymous namespace 6920 6921 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6922 /// overriden methods. 6923 /// 6924 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6925 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6926 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6927 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6928 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6929 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6930 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6931 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6932 I != E; ++I) { 6933 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6934 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6935 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6936 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6937 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6938 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6939 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6940 } 6941 } 6942 6943 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6944 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6945 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6946 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 6947 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6948 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 6949 FOM.Method = MD; 6950 FOM.S = this; 6951 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6952 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6953 bool AddedAny = false; 6954 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 6955 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6956 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6957 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6958 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6959 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6960 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6961 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6962 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6963 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6964 AddedAny = true; 6965 } 6966 } 6967 } 6968 } 6969 6970 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6971 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6972 } 6973 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6974 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6975 } 6976 6977 return AddedAny; 6978 } 6979 6980 namespace { 6981 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6982 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6983 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6984 Scope *S; 6985 Declarator &D; 6986 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6987 bool AddToScope; 6988 }; 6989 } // end anonymous namespace 6990 6991 namespace { 6992 6993 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6994 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6995 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6996 public: 6997 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6998 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6999 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7000 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7001 7002 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 7003 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 7004 return false; 7005 7006 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7007 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 7008 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 7009 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7010 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7011 7012 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7013 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7014 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7015 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 7016 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 7017 return true; 7018 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 7019 return true; 7020 } 7021 } 7022 } 7023 7024 return false; 7025 } 7026 7027 private: 7028 ASTContext &Context; 7029 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 7030 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 7031 }; 7032 7033 } // end anonymous namespace 7034 7035 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 7036 /// 7037 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 7038 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 7039 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 7040 /// the same name. 7041 /// 7042 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 7043 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 7044 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7045 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7046 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 7047 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 7048 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 7049 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7050 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 7051 TypoCorrection Correction; 7052 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 7053 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 7054 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 7055 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 7056 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 7057 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 7058 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 7059 7060 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7061 if (IsLocalFriend) 7062 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 7063 else 7064 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7065 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7066 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7067 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7068 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7069 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7070 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7071 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7072 if (FD && 7073 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7074 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7075 // involve a parameter 7076 unsigned ParamNum = 7077 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7078 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7079 } 7080 } 7081 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7082 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7083 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7084 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7085 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 7086 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 7087 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7088 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7089 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7090 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7091 Previous.clear(); 7092 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7093 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7094 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7095 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7096 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7097 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7098 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7099 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7100 } 7101 } 7102 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7103 7104 NamedDecl *Result; 7105 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7106 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7107 { 7108 // Trap errors. 7109 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7110 7111 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7112 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7113 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7114 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7115 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7116 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7117 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7118 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7119 7120 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7121 Result = nullptr; 7122 } 7123 7124 if (Result) { 7125 // Determine which correction we picked. 7126 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7127 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7128 I != E; ++I) 7129 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7130 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7131 7132 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7133 Correction, 7134 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7135 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7136 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7137 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7138 return Result; 7139 } 7140 7141 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7142 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7143 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7144 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7145 Previous.clear(); 7146 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7147 } 7148 7149 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7150 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7151 7152 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7153 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7154 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7155 7156 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7157 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7158 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7159 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7160 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7161 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7162 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7163 7164 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7165 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7166 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7167 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7168 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7169 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7170 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7171 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7172 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7173 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7174 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7175 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7176 } else 7177 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7178 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7179 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7180 } 7181 return nullptr; 7182 } 7183 7184 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7185 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7186 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7187 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7188 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7189 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7190 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7191 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7192 D.setInvalidType(); 7193 break; 7194 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7195 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7196 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7197 return SC_None; 7198 return SC_Extern; 7199 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7200 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7201 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7202 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7203 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7204 // other than extern 7205 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7206 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7207 diag::err_static_block_func); 7208 break; 7209 } else 7210 return SC_Static; 7211 } 7212 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7213 } 7214 7215 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7216 return SC_None; 7217 } 7218 7219 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7220 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7221 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7222 StorageClass SC, 7223 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7224 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7225 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7226 7227 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7228 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7229 7230 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7231 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7232 // prototype. This true when: 7233 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7234 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 7235 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 7236 bool HasPrototype = 7237 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7238 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7239 7240 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7241 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7242 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7243 HasPrototype, false); 7244 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7245 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7246 7247 return NewFD; 7248 } 7249 7250 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7251 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7252 7253 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7254 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7255 // the class has been completely parsed. 7256 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7257 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7258 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7259 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7260 D.setInvalidType(); 7261 7262 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7263 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7264 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7265 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7266 7267 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7268 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7269 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7270 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7271 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7272 isConstexpr); 7273 7274 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7275 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7276 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7277 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7278 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7279 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7280 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7281 D.getLocStart(), 7282 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7283 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7284 7285 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7286 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7287 // it yet. 7288 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7289 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7290 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7291 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7292 } 7293 7294 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7295 return NewDD; 7296 7297 } else { 7298 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7299 D.setInvalidType(); 7300 7301 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7302 // code path. 7303 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7304 D.getLocStart(), 7305 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7306 SC, isInline, 7307 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7308 } 7309 7310 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7311 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7312 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7313 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7314 return nullptr; 7315 } 7316 7317 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7318 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7319 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7320 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7321 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7322 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7323 7324 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7325 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7326 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7327 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7328 // constructor if it has no return type). 7329 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7330 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7331 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7332 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7333 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7334 return nullptr; 7335 } 7336 7337 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7338 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7339 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7340 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7341 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7342 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7343 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7344 return Ret; 7345 } else { 7346 bool isFriend = 7347 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7348 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7349 return nullptr; 7350 7351 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7352 // prototype. This true when: 7353 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7354 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7355 D.getLocStart(), 7356 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7357 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7358 } 7359 } 7360 7361 enum OpenCLParamType { 7362 ValidKernelParam, 7363 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7364 PtrKernelParam, 7365 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 7366 InvalidKernelParam, 7367 RecordKernelParam 7368 }; 7369 7370 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 7371 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7372 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7373 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7374 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7375 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 7376 : PtrKernelParam; 7377 } 7378 7379 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7380 // be used as builtin types. 7381 7382 if (PT->isImageType()) 7383 return PtrKernelParam; 7384 7385 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7386 return InvalidKernelParam; 7387 7388 if (PT->isEventT()) 7389 return InvalidKernelParam; 7390 7391 if (PT->isHalfType()) 7392 return InvalidKernelParam; 7393 7394 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7395 return RecordKernelParam; 7396 7397 return ValidKernelParam; 7398 } 7399 7400 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7401 Sema &S, 7402 Declarator &D, 7403 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7404 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7405 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7406 7407 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7408 // used again 7409 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7410 return; 7411 7412 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 7413 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7414 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7415 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7416 // pointer to a pointer type. 7417 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7418 D.setInvalidType(); 7419 return; 7420 7421 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7422 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7423 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7424 // pointer to the private address space. 7425 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7426 D.setInvalidType(); 7427 return; 7428 7429 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7430 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7431 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7432 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7433 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7434 7435 case InvalidKernelParam: 7436 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7437 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7438 // of event_t type. 7439 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7440 D.setInvalidType(); 7441 return; 7442 7443 case PtrKernelParam: 7444 case ValidKernelParam: 7445 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7446 return; 7447 7448 case RecordKernelParam: 7449 break; 7450 } 7451 7452 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7453 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7454 7455 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7456 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7457 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7458 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7459 7460 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7461 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7462 7463 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7464 7465 do { 7466 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7467 if (!Next) { 7468 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7469 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7470 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7471 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7472 7473 continue; 7474 } 7475 7476 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7477 // field itself) to the history stack. 7478 const RecordDecl *RD; 7479 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7480 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7481 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7482 } else { 7483 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7484 } 7485 7486 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7487 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7488 7489 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7490 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7491 7492 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7493 continue; 7494 7495 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 7496 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7497 continue; 7498 7499 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7500 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7501 continue; 7502 } 7503 7504 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7505 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7506 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7507 // union. 7508 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7509 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7510 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7511 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7512 << PT->isUnionType() 7513 << PT; 7514 } else { 7515 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7516 } 7517 7518 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7519 << PD->getDeclName(); 7520 7521 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7522 // the offending field came from 7523 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7524 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7525 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7526 I != E; ++I) { 7527 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7528 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7529 << OuterField->getType(); 7530 } 7531 7532 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7533 << QT->isPointerType() 7534 << QT; 7535 D.setInvalidType(); 7536 return; 7537 } 7538 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7539 } 7540 7541 NamedDecl* 7542 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7543 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7544 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7545 bool &AddToScope) { 7546 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7547 7548 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7549 7550 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7551 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7552 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7553 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7554 7555 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7556 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7557 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7558 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7559 7560 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7561 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7562 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7563 7564 bool isFriend = false; 7565 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7566 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7567 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7568 7569 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7570 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7571 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7572 7573 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7574 7575 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7576 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7577 7578 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7579 isVirtualOkay); 7580 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7581 7582 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7583 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7584 7585 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7586 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7587 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7588 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7589 7590 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7591 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7592 7593 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7594 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7595 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7596 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7597 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7598 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7599 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7600 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7601 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7602 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7603 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7604 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7605 } 7606 7607 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7608 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7609 // return true). 7610 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7611 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7612 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7613 NewFD->setPure(true); 7614 7615 // C++ [class.union]p2 7616 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7617 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7618 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7619 } 7620 7621 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7622 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7623 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7624 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7625 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7626 7627 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7628 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7629 bool Invalid = false; 7630 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7631 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7632 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7633 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7634 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7635 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7636 : nullptr, 7637 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7638 Invalid)) { 7639 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7640 // This is a function template 7641 7642 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7643 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7644 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7645 7646 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7647 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7648 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7649 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7650 } 7651 7652 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7653 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7654 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7655 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7656 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7657 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7658 Invalid = true; 7659 } 7660 7661 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7662 NewFD->getLocation(), 7663 Name, TemplateParams, 7664 NewFD); 7665 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7666 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7667 7668 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7669 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7670 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7671 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 7672 } 7673 } else { 7674 // This is a function template specialization. 7675 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7676 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7677 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7678 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7679 7680 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7681 if (isFriend) { 7682 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7683 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7684 7685 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7686 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7687 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7688 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7689 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7690 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7691 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7692 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7693 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7694 } 7695 7696 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7697 << Name << RemoveRange 7698 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7699 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7700 } 7701 } 7702 } 7703 else { 7704 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7705 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7706 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7707 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7708 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7709 } 7710 7711 if (Invalid) { 7712 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7713 if (FunctionTemplate) 7714 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7715 } 7716 7717 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7718 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7719 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7720 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7721 // 7722 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7723 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7724 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7725 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7726 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7727 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7728 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7729 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7730 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7731 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7732 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7733 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7734 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7735 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7736 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7737 } else { 7738 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7739 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7740 } 7741 7742 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7743 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7744 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7745 } 7746 7747 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7748 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7749 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7750 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7751 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7752 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7753 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7754 // thing to do. 7755 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7756 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7757 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7758 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7759 QualType Result = 7760 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7761 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7762 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7763 } 7764 7765 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7766 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7767 // declaration. 7768 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7769 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7770 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7771 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7772 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7773 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7774 } 7775 } 7776 7777 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7778 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7779 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7780 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7781 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7782 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7783 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7784 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7785 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7786 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7787 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7788 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7789 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7790 // or conversion function. 7791 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7792 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7793 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7794 } 7795 } 7796 7797 if (isConstexpr) { 7798 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7799 // are implicitly inline. 7800 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7801 7802 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7803 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7804 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7805 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7806 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7807 } 7808 7809 if (isConcept) { 7810 // This is a function concept. 7811 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 7812 FTD->setConcept(); 7813 7814 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7815 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 7816 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7817 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7818 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 7819 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7820 } 7821 7822 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 7823 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 7824 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 7825 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7826 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 7827 SourceRange Range; 7828 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 7829 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 7830 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 7831 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 7832 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7833 } else { 7834 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 7835 } 7836 7837 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 7838 // following restrictions: 7839 // - The declared return type shall have the type bool. 7840 if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) { 7841 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret); 7842 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7843 } 7844 7845 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 7846 // following restrictions: 7847 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 7848 // parameter list. 7849 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 7850 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 7851 } 7852 7853 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 7854 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 7855 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7856 7857 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 7858 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 7859 // specifiers, [...] 7860 if (isInline) { 7861 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7862 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7863 << 1 << 1; 7864 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7865 } 7866 7867 if (isFriend) { 7868 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 7869 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7870 << 1 << 2; 7871 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7872 } 7873 7874 if (isConstexpr) { 7875 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 7876 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7877 << 1 << 3; 7878 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7879 } 7880 7881 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7882 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 7883 // template, declared in namespace scope. 7884 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7885 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7886 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1; 7887 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7888 return NewFD; 7889 } 7890 } 7891 7892 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7893 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7894 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7895 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7896 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7897 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7898 << 0 7899 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7900 } else { 7901 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7902 if (FunctionTemplate) 7903 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7904 } 7905 } 7906 7907 if (isFriend) { 7908 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7909 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7910 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7911 } 7912 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7913 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7914 } 7915 7916 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7917 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7918 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7919 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7920 case FDK_Declaration: 7921 case FDK_Definition: 7922 break; 7923 7924 case FDK_Defaulted: 7925 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7926 break; 7927 7928 case FDK_Deleted: 7929 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7930 break; 7931 } 7932 7933 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7934 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7935 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7936 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7937 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7938 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7939 } 7940 7941 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7942 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7943 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7944 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7945 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7946 // the class. 7947 7948 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7949 // member function definition. 7950 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7951 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7952 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7953 } 7954 7955 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7956 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7957 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7958 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7959 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7960 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7961 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7962 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7963 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7964 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7965 } 7966 7967 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7968 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7969 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7970 isExplicitSpecialization || 7971 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7972 7973 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7974 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7975 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7976 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7977 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7978 SE->getString(), 0)); 7979 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7980 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7981 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7982 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7983 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 7984 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7985 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7986 } else 7987 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 7988 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 7989 } 7990 } 7991 7992 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7993 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7994 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7995 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7996 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7997 7998 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7999 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 8000 // single void argument. 8001 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 8002 // already checks for that case. 8003 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 8004 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 8005 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 8006 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 8007 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8008 Params.push_back(Param); 8009 8010 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 8011 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8012 } 8013 } 8014 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8015 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 8016 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 8017 // parameters for use in the declaration. 8018 // 8019 // @code 8020 // typedef void fn(int); 8021 // fn f; 8022 // @endcode 8023 8024 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 8025 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 8026 ParmVarDecl *Param = 8027 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 8028 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 8029 Params.push_back(Param); 8030 } 8031 } else { 8032 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 8033 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 8034 } 8035 8036 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 8037 NewFD->setParams(Params); 8038 8039 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 8040 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 8041 // 8042 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 8043 // 8044 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 8045 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 8046 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 8047 8048 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 8049 NewFD->addAttr( 8050 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 8051 Context, 0)); 8052 8053 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 8054 // because all functions have linkage. 8055 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8056 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8057 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 8058 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8059 } 8060 8061 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 8062 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8063 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8064 NewFD->addAttr( 8065 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8066 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8067 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8068 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8069 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8070 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8071 NewFD)) 8072 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8073 } 8074 8075 // Handle attributes. 8076 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8077 8078 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 8079 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(S, NewFD, Previous); 8080 8081 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8082 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8083 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8084 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8085 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 8086 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 8087 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 8088 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8089 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8090 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8091 } 8092 } 8093 8094 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8095 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8096 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 8097 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8098 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8099 8100 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8101 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8102 8103 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8104 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8105 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8106 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8107 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8108 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8109 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8110 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8111 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8112 8113 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8114 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8115 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8116 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8117 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8118 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8119 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8120 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8121 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8122 int DiagID = 8123 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8124 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8125 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8126 } 8127 } 8128 } else { 8129 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8130 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8131 // 8132 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8133 // 8134 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8135 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8136 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8137 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8138 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8139 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8140 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8141 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8142 8143 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8144 // argument list into our AST format. 8145 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8146 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8147 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8148 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8149 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8150 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8151 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8152 TemplateArgs); 8153 8154 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8155 8156 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8157 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8158 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8159 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8160 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8161 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8162 8163 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8164 } else { 8165 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8166 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8167 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8168 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8169 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8170 } 8171 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8172 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8173 // wrote something like: 8174 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8175 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8176 // friend void foo<>(int); 8177 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8178 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8179 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8180 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8181 } 8182 8183 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8184 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8185 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8186 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8187 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8188 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8189 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8190 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8191 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 8192 InstantiationDependent))) { 8193 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8194 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8195 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8196 Previous)) 8197 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8198 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8199 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8200 && !isFriend) { 8201 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8202 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 8203 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 8204 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 8205 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8206 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 8207 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 8208 : nullptr), 8209 Previous)) 8210 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8211 8212 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8213 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8214 // specialization (14.7.3) 8215 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8216 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8217 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8218 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8219 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8220 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8221 << SC 8222 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8223 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8224 8225 else 8226 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8227 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8228 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8229 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8230 } 8231 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8232 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8233 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8234 } 8235 8236 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8237 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8238 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8239 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8240 8241 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8242 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8243 8244 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8245 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8246 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8247 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8248 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8249 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8250 } 8251 8252 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8253 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8254 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8255 8256 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8257 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8258 : NewFD); 8259 8260 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 8261 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8262 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8263 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8264 8265 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8266 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8267 } 8268 8269 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8270 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8271 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8272 8273 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8274 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8275 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8276 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8277 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8278 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8279 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8280 : nullptr, 8281 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8282 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8283 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8284 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8285 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8286 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8287 DC->isDependentContext()) 8288 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8289 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8290 } 8291 8292 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8293 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8294 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8295 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8296 AddToScope }; 8297 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8298 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8299 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8300 8301 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8302 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8303 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8304 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8305 8306 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8307 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8308 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8309 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8310 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8311 // can actually do this check immediately. 8312 if (isFriend && 8313 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8314 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8315 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8316 // ignore these 8317 } else { 8318 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8319 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8320 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8321 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8322 // 8323 // class X { 8324 // void f() const; 8325 // }; 8326 // 8327 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8328 // 8329 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8330 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8331 // whether the parameter types are references). 8332 8333 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8334 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8335 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8336 return Result; 8337 } 8338 } 8339 8340 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8341 // to something. 8342 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8343 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8344 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8345 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8346 return Result; 8347 } 8348 } 8349 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8350 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8351 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8352 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 8353 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8354 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8355 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8356 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8357 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8358 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8359 // generate them. 8360 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8361 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8362 } 8363 } 8364 8365 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8366 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8367 8368 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8369 8370 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8371 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8372 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8373 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8374 << NewFD; 8375 8376 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8377 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8378 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8379 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8380 EPI.Variadic = true; 8381 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8382 8383 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8384 NewFD->setType(R); 8385 } 8386 8387 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8388 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8389 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8390 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8391 8392 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8393 // marking the function. 8394 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8395 8396 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8397 // a pragma. 8398 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8399 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8400 8401 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8402 // the map of such variables. 8403 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8404 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8405 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8406 8407 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8408 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8409 8410 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8411 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8412 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8413 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8414 } 8415 8416 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 8417 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 8418 if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8419 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8420 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8421 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8422 8423 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8424 } 8425 8426 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 8427 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 8428 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 8429 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 8430 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 8431 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 8432 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 8433 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 8434 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 8435 } 8436 } 8437 8438 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8439 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8440 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8441 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8442 return FunctionTemplate; 8443 } 8444 } 8445 8446 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8447 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8448 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8449 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8450 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8451 D.setInvalidType(); 8452 } 8453 8454 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8455 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8456 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8457 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8458 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8459 : FixItHint()); 8460 D.setInvalidType(); 8461 } 8462 8463 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8464 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 8465 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8466 } 8467 for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(), 8468 PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { 8469 ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI; 8470 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8471 8472 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 8473 // types. 8474 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 8475 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 8476 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 8477 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 8478 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 8479 D.setInvalidType(); 8480 } 8481 } 8482 } 8483 } 8484 8485 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8486 8487 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8488 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8489 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8490 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8491 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8492 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8493 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8494 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8495 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8496 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8497 AddToScope = false; 8498 } 8499 8500 return NewFD; 8501 } 8502 8503 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8504 /// 8505 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8506 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8507 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8508 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8509 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8510 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8511 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8512 /// 8513 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8514 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8515 /// 8516 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8517 /// 8518 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8519 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8520 LookupResult &Previous, 8521 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8522 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8523 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8524 8525 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8526 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8527 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8528 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8529 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8530 8531 bool Redeclaration = false; 8532 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8533 8534 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8535 // the same name, if appropriate. 8536 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8537 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8538 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8539 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8540 // function to the scope. 8541 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8542 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8543 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8544 Redeclaration = true; 8545 OldDecl = Candidate; 8546 } 8547 } else { 8548 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8549 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8550 case Ovl_Match: 8551 Redeclaration = true; 8552 break; 8553 8554 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8555 Redeclaration = true; 8556 break; 8557 8558 case Ovl_Overload: 8559 Redeclaration = false; 8560 break; 8561 } 8562 8563 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8564 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8565 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8566 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8567 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8568 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8569 if (Redeclaration) 8570 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8571 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8572 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8573 if (OverloadedDecl) 8574 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8575 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8576 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8577 } 8578 } 8579 } 8580 8581 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8582 if (!Redeclaration && 8583 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8584 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8585 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8586 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8587 Redeclaration = true; 8588 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8589 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8590 8591 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8592 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8593 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8594 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8595 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8596 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8597 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8598 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8599 } 8600 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8601 Redeclaration = false; 8602 OldDecl = nullptr; 8603 } 8604 } 8605 } 8606 } 8607 8608 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8609 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8610 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8611 // 8612 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8613 // definition of a static member function. 8614 // 8615 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8616 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8617 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8618 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8619 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8620 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8621 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8622 if (OldDecl) 8623 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8624 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8625 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8626 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8627 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8628 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8629 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8630 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8631 8632 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8633 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8634 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8635 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8636 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8637 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8638 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8639 8640 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8641 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8642 } 8643 } 8644 } 8645 8646 if (Redeclaration) { 8647 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8648 // merged. 8649 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8650 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8651 return Redeclaration; 8652 } 8653 8654 Previous.clear(); 8655 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8656 8657 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8658 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8659 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8660 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8661 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8662 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8663 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8664 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8665 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8666 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8667 } 8668 8669 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8670 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8671 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8672 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8673 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8674 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8675 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 8676 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 8677 if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) { 8678 FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl = 8679 OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8680 assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl); 8681 OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 8682 } 8683 } 8684 8685 } else { 8686 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8687 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8688 8689 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8690 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8691 } 8692 } 8693 8694 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8695 8696 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8697 // C++-specific checks. 8698 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8699 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8700 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8701 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8702 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8703 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8704 8705 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8706 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8707 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8708 DeclarationName Name 8709 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8710 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8711 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8712 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8713 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8714 return Redeclaration; 8715 } 8716 } 8717 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8718 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8719 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8720 } 8721 8722 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8723 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8724 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8725 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8726 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8727 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8728 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8729 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8730 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8731 } 8732 } 8733 } 8734 8735 if (Method->isStatic()) 8736 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8737 } 8738 8739 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8740 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8741 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8742 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8743 return Redeclaration; 8744 } 8745 8746 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8747 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8748 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8749 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8750 return Redeclaration; 8751 } 8752 8753 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8754 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8755 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8756 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8757 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8758 8759 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8760 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8761 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8762 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8763 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8764 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8765 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8766 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8767 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8768 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8769 } 8770 } 8771 8772 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8773 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8774 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8775 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8776 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8777 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8778 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8779 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8780 << NewFD << R; 8781 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8782 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8783 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8784 } 8785 } 8786 return Redeclaration; 8787 } 8788 8789 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8790 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8791 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8792 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8793 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8794 // appear in a declaration of main. 8795 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8796 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8797 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8798 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8799 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8800 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8801 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8802 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8803 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8804 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8805 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8806 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8807 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8808 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8809 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8810 } 8811 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8812 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8813 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8814 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8815 } 8816 8817 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8818 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8819 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8820 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8821 return; 8822 } 8823 8824 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8825 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8826 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8827 8828 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8829 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8830 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8831 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8832 8833 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8834 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8835 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8836 else { 8837 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8838 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8839 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8840 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8841 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8842 } 8843 } else { 8844 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8845 // set the flag which tells us that. 8846 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8847 8848 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8849 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8850 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8851 else { 8852 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8853 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8854 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8855 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8856 : FixItHint()); 8857 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8858 } 8859 } 8860 8861 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8862 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8863 8864 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8865 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8866 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8867 8868 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8869 8870 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 8871 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 8872 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 8873 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 8874 } 8875 8876 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8877 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8878 // getting shifty. 8879 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8880 HasExtraParameters = false; 8881 8882 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8883 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8884 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8885 nparams = 3; 8886 } 8887 8888 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8889 // if we had some location information about types. 8890 8891 QualType CharPP = 8892 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8893 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8894 8895 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8896 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8897 8898 bool mismatch = true; 8899 8900 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8901 mismatch = false; 8902 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8903 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8904 // char const ** 8905 // char const * const * 8906 // char * const * 8907 8908 QualifierCollector qs; 8909 const PointerType* PT; 8910 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8911 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8912 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8913 Context.CharTy)) { 8914 qs.removeConst(); 8915 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8916 } 8917 } 8918 8919 if (mismatch) { 8920 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8921 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8922 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8923 } 8924 } 8925 8926 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8927 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8928 } 8929 8930 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8931 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8932 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8933 } 8934 } 8935 8936 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8937 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8938 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8939 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8940 8941 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8942 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8943 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8944 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8945 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8946 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8947 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8948 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8949 8950 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8951 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8952 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8953 } 8954 } 8955 8956 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8957 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8958 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8959 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8960 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8961 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8962 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8963 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8964 // rules there don't matter.) 8965 const Expr *Culprit; 8966 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8967 return false; 8968 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8969 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8970 return true; 8971 } 8972 8973 namespace { 8974 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8975 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8976 class SelfReferenceChecker 8977 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8978 Sema &S; 8979 Decl *OrigDecl; 8980 bool isRecordType; 8981 bool isPODType; 8982 bool isReferenceType; 8983 8984 bool isInitList; 8985 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8986 8987 public: 8988 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8989 8990 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8991 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8992 isPODType = false; 8993 isRecordType = false; 8994 isReferenceType = false; 8995 isInitList = false; 8996 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8997 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8998 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8999 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 9000 } 9001 } 9002 9003 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 9004 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 9005 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 9006 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 9007 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 9008 if (!InitList) { 9009 Visit(E); 9010 return; 9011 } 9012 9013 // Track and increment the index here. 9014 isInitList = true; 9015 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 9016 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 9017 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 9018 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 9019 } 9020 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 9021 } 9022 9023 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 9024 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 9025 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 9026 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 9027 Expr *Base = E; 9028 bool ReferenceField = false; 9029 9030 // Get the field memebers used. 9031 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9032 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 9033 if (!FD) 9034 return false; 9035 Fields.push_back(FD); 9036 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 9037 ReferenceField = true; 9038 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9039 } 9040 9041 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 9042 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 9043 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 9044 return false; 9045 9046 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 9047 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 9048 return true; 9049 9050 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 9051 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 9052 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 9053 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 9054 9055 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 9056 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 9057 // initialized, then the use is safe. 9058 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 9059 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 9060 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 9061 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 9062 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 9063 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 9064 return true; 9065 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 9066 break; 9067 } 9068 9069 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 9070 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9071 return true; 9072 } 9073 9074 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 9075 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 9076 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 9077 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 9078 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9079 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 9080 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9081 return; 9082 } 9083 9084 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9085 Visit(CO->getCond()); 9086 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 9087 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 9088 return; 9089 } 9090 9091 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 9092 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9093 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 9094 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 9095 return; 9096 } 9097 9098 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 9099 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 9100 return; 9101 } 9102 9103 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 9104 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 9105 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 9106 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 9107 return; 9108 } 9109 } 9110 9111 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 9112 if (isInitList) { 9113 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 9114 false /*CheckReference*/)) 9115 return; 9116 } 9117 9118 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9119 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9120 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 9121 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9122 return; 9123 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9124 } 9125 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 9126 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9127 return; 9128 } 9129 9130 Visit(E); 9131 } 9132 9133 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 9134 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 9135 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 9136 if (isReferenceType) 9137 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 9138 } 9139 9140 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 9141 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 9142 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9143 return; 9144 } 9145 9146 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 9147 } 9148 9149 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 9150 if (isInitList) { 9151 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 9152 return; 9153 } 9154 9155 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 9156 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 9157 9158 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 9159 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 9160 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 9161 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 9162 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9163 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9164 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9165 Warn = false; 9166 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9167 } 9168 9169 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 9170 if (Warn) 9171 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9172 return; 9173 } 9174 9175 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 9176 // Visit that expression. 9177 Visit(Base); 9178 } 9179 9180 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 9181 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 9182 9183 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 9184 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 9185 9186 Visit(Callee); 9187 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 9188 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 9189 } 9190 9191 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 9192 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 9193 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 9194 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 9195 if (!isPODType) 9196 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9197 return; 9198 } 9199 9200 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 9201 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9202 return; 9203 } 9204 9205 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 9206 } 9207 9208 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 9209 9210 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 9211 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 9212 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 9213 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9214 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 9215 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 9216 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9217 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 9218 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 9219 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 9220 return; 9221 } 9222 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 9223 } 9224 9225 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 9226 // Treat std::move as a use. 9227 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 9228 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 9229 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 9230 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 9231 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 9232 return; 9233 } 9234 } 9235 } 9236 9237 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 9238 } 9239 9240 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 9241 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 9242 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 9243 Visit(E->getRHS()); 9244 return; 9245 } 9246 9247 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 9248 } 9249 9250 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 9251 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 9252 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 9253 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 9254 Visit(E->getCond()); 9255 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 9256 } 9257 9258 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 9259 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 9260 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 9261 unsigned diag; 9262 if (isReferenceType) { 9263 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 9264 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 9265 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 9266 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9267 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9268 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 9269 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 9270 } else { 9271 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 9272 return; 9273 } 9274 9275 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 9276 S.PDiag(diag) 9277 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 9278 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 9279 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 9280 } 9281 }; 9282 9283 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 9284 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 9285 bool DirectInit) { 9286 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 9287 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 9288 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 9289 return; 9290 9291 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9292 9293 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 9294 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 9295 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 9296 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 9297 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 9298 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 9299 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 9300 return; 9301 9302 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 9303 } 9304 } // end anonymous namespace 9305 9306 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 9307 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 9308 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 9309 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 9310 Expr *Init) { 9311 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 9312 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 9313 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 9314 9315 ArrayRef<Expr *> DeduceInits = Init; 9316 if (DirectInit) { 9317 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9318 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 9319 else if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9320 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 9321 } 9322 9323 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 9324 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 9325 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 9326 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 9327 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9328 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 9329 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 9330 << Name << Type << Range; 9331 return QualType(); 9332 } 9333 9334 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 9335 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 9336 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 9337 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 9338 << Name << Type << Range; 9339 return QualType(); 9340 } 9341 9342 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 9343 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 9344 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9345 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 9346 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9347 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << Name << Type << Range; 9348 return QualType(); 9349 } 9350 9351 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9352 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 9353 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9354 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 9355 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9356 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9357 return QualType(); 9358 } 9359 Init = Result.get(); 9360 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 9361 } 9362 9363 QualType DeducedType; 9364 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 9365 if (!IsInitCapture) 9366 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9367 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9368 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 9369 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 9370 << Name 9371 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9372 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9373 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9374 else 9375 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 9376 << Name << TSI->getType() 9377 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9378 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9379 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9380 } 9381 9382 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9383 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 9384 // checks. 9385 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9386 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9387 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId && 9388 !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9389 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9390 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << Name << Range; 9391 } 9392 9393 return DeducedType; 9394 } 9395 9396 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 9397 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 9398 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 9399 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 9400 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9401 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 9402 // the initializer. 9403 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9404 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 9405 return; 9406 } 9407 9408 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9409 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 9410 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 9411 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 9412 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 9413 return; 9414 } 9415 9416 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 9417 if (!VDecl) { 9418 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 9419 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 9420 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9421 return; 9422 } 9423 9424 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 9425 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9426 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 9427 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 9428 // TypoExpr. 9429 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 9430 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 9431 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9432 return; 9433 } 9434 Init = Res.get(); 9435 9436 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 9437 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), 9438 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 9439 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9440 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9441 return; 9442 } 9443 9444 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9445 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9446 9447 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 9448 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 9449 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9450 9451 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9452 // the previously declared type. 9453 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9454 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9455 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9456 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 9457 } 9458 9459 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9460 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9461 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9462 return; 9463 } 9464 9465 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 9466 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 9467 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 9468 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9469 return; 9470 } 9471 9472 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 9473 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 9474 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 9475 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9476 return; 9477 } 9478 9479 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9480 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 9481 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 9482 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 9483 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 9484 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 9485 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 9486 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 9487 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9488 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9489 return; 9490 } 9491 9492 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9493 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9494 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9495 AbstractVariableType)) 9496 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9497 } 9498 9499 VarDecl *Def; 9500 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 9501 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 9502 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 9503 (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 9504 VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 9505 VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 9506 VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 9507 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 9508 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 9509 } else { 9510 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 9511 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9512 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9513 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9514 return; 9515 } 9516 } 9517 9518 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9519 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9520 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9521 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9522 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9523 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9524 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9525 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9526 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9527 // 9528 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9529 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9530 // declaration with an initializer. 9531 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9532 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9533 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9534 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9535 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9536 << 0; 9537 return; 9538 } 9539 9540 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9541 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9542 9543 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9544 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9545 return; 9546 } 9547 } 9548 9549 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9550 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9551 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 9552 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9553 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9554 return; 9555 } 9556 9557 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9558 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9559 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9560 9561 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9562 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9563 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9564 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9565 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9566 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9567 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9568 return; 9569 } 9570 Init = Result.get(); 9571 } 9572 9573 // Perform the initialization. 9574 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 9575 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9576 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9577 InitializationKind Kind = 9578 DirectInit 9579 ? CXXDirectInit 9580 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9581 Init->getLocStart(), 9582 Init->getLocEnd()) 9583 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(VDecl->getLocation()) 9584 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9585 Init->getLocStart()); 9586 9587 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9588 if (CXXDirectInit) 9589 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9590 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9591 9592 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9593 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9594 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9595 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9596 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9597 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9598 }); 9599 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9600 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9601 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9602 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9603 } 9604 } 9605 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9606 return; 9607 9608 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 9609 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 9610 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 9611 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9612 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9613 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9614 return; 9615 } 9616 9617 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9618 } 9619 9620 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9621 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9622 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9623 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9624 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9625 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9626 } 9627 9628 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9629 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9630 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9631 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9632 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9633 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9634 9635 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9636 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9637 9638 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9639 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9640 9641 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9642 // Although this code can still have problems: 9643 // id x = self.weakProp; 9644 // id y = self.weakProp; 9645 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9646 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9647 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9648 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9649 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9650 Init->getLocStart())) 9651 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9652 } 9653 9654 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9655 // 9656 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9657 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9658 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9659 // 9660 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9661 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9662 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9663 // 9664 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9665 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9666 false, 9667 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9668 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9669 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9670 return; 9671 } 9672 Init = Result.get(); 9673 9674 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9675 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9676 9677 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9678 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9679 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9680 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9681 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9682 const Expr *Culprit; 9683 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9684 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9685 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9686 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9687 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9688 // constant expressions. 9689 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9690 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9691 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9692 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9693 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9694 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9695 } 9696 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 9697 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9698 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9699 // 9700 // struct S { 9701 // static const int value = 17; 9702 // }; 9703 9704 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9705 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9706 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9707 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9708 // 9709 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9710 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 9711 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9712 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9713 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9714 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9715 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9716 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9717 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9718 9719 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9720 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9721 9722 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9723 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9724 // type. 9725 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9726 9727 // Require constness. 9728 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9729 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9730 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9731 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9732 9733 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9734 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9735 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9736 SourceLocation Loc; 9737 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9738 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9739 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9740 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9741 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9742 ; // Nothing to check. 9743 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9744 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9745 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9746 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9747 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9748 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9749 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9750 } else { 9751 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9752 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9753 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9754 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9755 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9756 } 9757 9758 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9759 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9760 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9761 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9762 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9763 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9764 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9765 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9766 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9767 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9768 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9769 } else { 9770 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9771 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9772 9773 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9774 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9775 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9776 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9777 } 9778 } 9779 9780 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9781 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9782 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9783 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9784 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9785 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9786 9787 } else { 9788 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9789 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9790 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9791 } 9792 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9793 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9794 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9795 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9796 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9797 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9798 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9799 9800 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9801 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9802 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9803 } 9804 9805 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9806 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9807 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9808 // 9809 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9810 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9811 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9812 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9813 // special case code. 9814 9815 // C++ 8.5p11: 9816 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9817 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9818 // class type. 9819 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9820 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9821 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9822 } else if (DirectInit) { 9823 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9824 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9825 } 9826 9827 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9828 } 9829 9830 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9831 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9832 /// of sanity. 9833 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9834 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9835 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9836 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9837 9838 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9839 if (!VD) return; 9840 9841 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9842 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9843 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9844 return; 9845 } 9846 9847 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9848 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9849 9850 // Require a complete type. 9851 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9852 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9853 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9854 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9855 return; 9856 } 9857 9858 // Require a non-abstract type. 9859 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9860 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9861 AbstractVariableType)) { 9862 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9863 return; 9864 } 9865 9866 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9867 // though. 9868 } 9869 9870 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9871 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9872 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9873 if (!RealDecl) 9874 return; 9875 9876 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9877 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9878 9879 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9880 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9881 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9882 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9883 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9884 return; 9885 } 9886 9887 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9888 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9889 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9890 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9891 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9892 // member. 9893 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9894 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9895 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9896 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9897 << Var->getDeclName(); 9898 else 9899 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9900 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9901 return; 9902 } 9903 9904 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 9905 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 9906 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 9907 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 9908 if (VTD->isConcept()) { 9909 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 9910 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9911 return; 9912 } 9913 } 9914 9915 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9916 // be initialized. 9917 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9918 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9919 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9920 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9921 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9922 return; 9923 } 9924 9925 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9926 case VarDecl::Definition: 9927 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9928 break; 9929 9930 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9931 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9932 // a declaration. 9933 // 9934 // Fall through 9935 9936 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9937 // It's only a declaration. 9938 9939 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9940 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9941 // object shall be complete. 9942 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9943 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9944 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9945 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9946 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9947 9948 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9949 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9950 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9951 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9952 AbstractVariableType)) 9953 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9954 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9955 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9956 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9957 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9958 } 9959 9960 return; 9961 9962 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9963 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9964 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9965 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9966 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9967 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9968 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9969 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9970 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9971 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9972 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9973 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9974 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9975 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9976 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9977 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9978 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9979 // NOTE: code such as the following 9980 // static struct s; 9981 // struct s { int a; }; 9982 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9983 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9984 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9985 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9986 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9987 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9988 } 9989 } 9990 9991 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9992 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9993 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9994 return; 9995 } 9996 9997 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9998 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9999 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 10000 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10001 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 10002 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10003 return; 10004 } 10005 10006 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10007 // definitions with reference type. 10008 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 10009 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 10010 << Var->getDeclName() 10011 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 10012 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10013 return; 10014 } 10015 10016 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 10017 // variable with dependent type. 10018 if (Type->isDependentType()) 10019 return; 10020 10021 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10022 return; 10023 10024 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 10025 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10026 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 10027 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10028 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10029 return; 10030 } 10031 } else { 10032 return; 10033 } 10034 10035 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10036 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10037 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10038 AbstractVariableType)) { 10039 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10040 return; 10041 } 10042 10043 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 10044 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 10045 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 10046 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 10047 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 10048 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 10049 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 10050 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 10051 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 10052 // types and is declared without an initializer. 10053 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10054 if (const RecordType *Record 10055 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10056 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 10057 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 10058 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 10059 // incompatibilities with C++98. 10060 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 10061 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10062 } 10063 } 10064 10065 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 10066 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 10067 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 10068 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 10069 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 10070 // type shall have a user-declared default 10071 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 10072 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 10073 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 10074 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 10075 // program is ill-formed. 10076 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 10077 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 10078 // default-initialized; [...]. 10079 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 10080 InitializationKind Kind 10081 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 10082 10083 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10084 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10085 if (Init.isInvalid()) 10086 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10087 else if (Init.get()) { 10088 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 10089 // This is important for template substitution. 10090 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10091 } 10092 10093 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 10094 } 10095 } 10096 10097 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 10098 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 10099 if (!D) 10100 return; 10101 10102 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10103 if (!VD) { 10104 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 10105 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10106 return; 10107 } 10108 10109 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10110 10111 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 10112 int Error = -1; 10113 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 10114 case SC_None: 10115 break; 10116 case SC_Extern: 10117 Error = 0; 10118 break; 10119 case SC_Static: 10120 Error = 1; 10121 break; 10122 case SC_PrivateExtern: 10123 Error = 2; 10124 break; 10125 case SC_Auto: 10126 Error = 3; 10127 break; 10128 case SC_Register: 10129 Error = 4; 10130 break; 10131 } 10132 if (Error != -1) { 10133 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 10134 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 10135 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10136 } 10137 } 10138 10139 StmtResult 10140 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 10141 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 10142 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 10143 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 10144 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 10145 // A range-based for statement of the form 10146 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10147 // is equivalent to 10148 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10149 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10150 10151 const char *PrevSpec; 10152 unsigned DiagID; 10153 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 10154 getPrintingPolicy()); 10155 10156 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 10157 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 10158 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 10159 10160 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10161 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 10162 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 10163 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 10164 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10165 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 10166 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 10167 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 10168 } 10169 10170 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 10171 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10172 10173 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10174 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 10175 // initialiser 10176 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 10177 !var->hasInit()) { 10178 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 10179 << 1 /*Init*/; 10180 var->setInvalidDecl(); 10181 return; 10182 } 10183 } 10184 10185 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 10186 // local retaining variable. 10187 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10188 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10189 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 10190 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 10191 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 10192 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 10193 break; 10194 10195 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 10196 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 10197 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10198 break; 10199 } 10200 } 10201 10202 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 10203 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 10204 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 10205 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 10206 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 10207 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10208 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 10209 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 10210 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 10211 var->getLocation())) { 10212 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 10213 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 10214 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 10215 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 10216 10217 if (!prev) 10218 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 10219 } 10220 10221 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 10222 const Expr *Culprit; 10223 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 10224 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 10225 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 10226 // have a non-trivial destructor. 10227 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 10228 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10229 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10230 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 10231 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10232 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 10233 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 10234 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 10235 // initialization. 10236 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 10237 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 10238 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10239 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10240 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10241 } 10242 } 10243 10244 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 10245 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 10246 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10247 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10248 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 10249 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 10250 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 10251 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 10252 else if (!var->getInit()) { 10253 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 10254 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10255 } else { 10256 Stack = &DataSegStack; 10257 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10258 } 10259 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 10260 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 10261 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 10262 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 10263 } 10264 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 10265 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 10266 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 10267 10268 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 10269 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 10270 // attribute. 10271 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 10272 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 10273 CurInitSegLoc)); 10274 } 10275 10276 // All the following checks are C++ only. 10277 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 10278 10279 QualType type = var->getType(); 10280 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 10281 10282 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 10283 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10284 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 10285 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 10286 10287 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 10288 // constructing this copy. 10289 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 10290 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 10291 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 10292 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 10293 ExprResult result 10294 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 10295 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 10296 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 10297 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 10298 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 10299 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 10300 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 10301 } 10302 } 10303 } 10304 10305 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 10306 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 10307 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 10308 10309 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 10310 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 10311 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 10312 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 10313 var->getLocation())) { 10314 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 10315 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 10316 // warned about them. 10317 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 10318 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 10319 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 10320 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 10321 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10322 } 10323 10324 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 10325 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 10326 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 10327 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 10328 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 10329 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 10330 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 10331 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 10332 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 10333 Notes.clear(); 10334 } 10335 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 10336 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 10337 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 10338 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 10339 } 10340 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 10341 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 10342 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 10343 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 10344 var->checkInitIsICE(); 10345 } 10346 } 10347 10348 // Require the destructor. 10349 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 10350 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 10351 } 10352 10353 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 10354 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 10355 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10356 return true; 10357 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 10358 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 10359 return true; 10360 return false; 10361 } 10362 10363 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 10364 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 10365 void 10366 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 10367 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 10368 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 10369 10370 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 10371 if (!VD) 10372 return; 10373 10374 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 10375 10376 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 10377 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 10378 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 10379 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 10380 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 10381 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 10382 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 10383 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 10384 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 10385 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 10386 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 10387 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 10388 } 10389 } 10390 } 10391 10392 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 10393 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 10394 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 10395 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 10396 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 10397 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 10398 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 10399 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 10400 } 10401 } 10402 } 10403 10404 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 10405 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 10406 // 7.5). CUDA also allows constant initializers for __constant__ and 10407 // __device__ variables. 10408 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) { 10409 const Expr *Init = VD->getInit(); 10410 const bool IsGlobal = VD->hasGlobalStorage() && !VD->isStaticLocal(); 10411 if (Init && IsGlobal && 10412 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() || 10413 VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>())) { 10414 bool AllowedInit = false; 10415 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 10416 AllowedInit = 10417 isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor()); 10418 // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty 10419 // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC, 10420 // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors. 10421 if (!AllowedInit && 10422 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 10423 AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10424 Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType()); 10425 10426 if (!AllowedInit) { 10427 Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() 10428 ? diag::err_shared_var_init 10429 : diag::err_dynamic_var_init) 10430 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10431 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10432 } 10433 } 10434 } 10435 10436 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 10437 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 10438 10439 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 10440 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 10441 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 10442 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10443 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 10444 // with a warning. 10445 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 10446 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 10447 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 10448 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 10449 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10450 10451 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 10452 IsClassTemplateMember 10453 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 10454 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 10455 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10456 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 10457 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10458 } 10459 } 10460 10461 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 10462 // isn't exported with the variable. 10463 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 10464 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 10465 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 10466 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 10467 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 10468 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 10469 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 10470 } else { 10471 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 10472 << DLLAttr; 10473 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10474 } 10475 } 10476 10477 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 10478 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10479 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 10480 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 10481 } 10482 } 10483 10484 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 10485 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 10486 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 10487 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 10488 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 10489 10490 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 10491 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 10492 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 10493 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 10494 10495 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 10496 // tag values. 10497 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 10498 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 10499 return; 10500 10501 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 10502 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 10503 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 10504 continue; 10505 } 10506 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 10507 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 10508 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10509 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 10510 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10511 continue; 10512 } 10513 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 10514 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10515 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 10516 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10517 continue; 10518 } 10519 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 10520 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 10521 MagicValue, 10522 I->getMatchingCType(), 10523 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 10524 I->getMustBeNull()); 10525 } 10526 } 10527 10528 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 10529 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10530 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 10531 10532 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 10533 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 10534 10535 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10536 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10537 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 10538 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 10539 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 10540 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 10541 Decls.push_back(D); 10542 } 10543 10544 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 10545 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 10546 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 10547 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 10548 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10549 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 10550 } 10551 } 10552 10553 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 10554 } 10555 10556 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 10557 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 10558 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 10559 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 10560 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10561 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 10562 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 10563 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 10564 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 10565 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 10566 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 10567 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 10568 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 10569 QualType Deduced; 10570 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 10571 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 10572 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10573 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 10574 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 10575 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 10576 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 10577 break; 10578 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 10579 if (!U.isNull()) { 10580 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 10581 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 10582 Deduced = U; 10583 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 10584 DeducedDecl = D; 10585 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 10586 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 10587 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 10588 << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() 10589 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 10590 << U << D->getDeclName() 10591 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 10592 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 10593 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10594 break; 10595 } 10596 } 10597 } 10598 } 10599 } 10600 10601 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 10602 10603 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 10604 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 10605 } 10606 10607 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 10608 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 10609 } 10610 10611 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10612 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 10613 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 10614 return; 10615 10616 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 10617 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 10618 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 10619 Group[0]->getLocation())) 10620 return; 10621 10622 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 10623 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 10624 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 10625 // additional declaration references: 10626 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 10627 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 10628 // 'struct S *pS;' 10629 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 10630 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 10631 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 10632 Group = Group.slice(1); 10633 } 10634 } 10635 10636 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 10637 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 10638 if (!Comments.empty() && 10639 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 10640 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 10641 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 10642 // 10643 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 10644 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 10645 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 10646 // ahead through comments. 10647 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10648 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 10649 } 10650 } 10651 10652 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 10653 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 10654 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 10655 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 10656 10657 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 10658 10659 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 10660 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 10661 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 10662 SC = SC_Register; 10663 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10664 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 10665 SC = SC_Auto; 10666 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 10667 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10668 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 10669 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 10670 } 10671 10672 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10673 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 10674 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10675 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 10676 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 10677 << 0; 10678 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 10679 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 10680 10681 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 10682 10683 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10684 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 10685 10686 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10687 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 10688 // parameter. 10689 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10690 10691 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 10692 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 10693 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 10694 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 10695 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 10696 } 10697 } 10698 10699 // Ensure we have a valid name 10700 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 10701 if (D.hasName()) { 10702 II = D.getIdentifier(); 10703 if (!II) { 10704 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 10705 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 10706 D.setInvalidType(true); 10707 } 10708 } 10709 10710 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 10711 if (II) { 10712 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 10713 ForRedeclaration); 10714 LookupName(R, S); 10715 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 10716 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 10717 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10718 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10719 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10720 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10721 PrevDecl = nullptr; 10722 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10723 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 10724 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10725 10726 // Recover by removing the name 10727 II = nullptr; 10728 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 10729 D.setInvalidType(true); 10730 } 10731 } 10732 } 10733 10734 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 10735 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 10736 // looking like class members in C++. 10737 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10738 D.getLocStart(), 10739 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 10740 parmDeclType, TInfo, 10741 SC); 10742 10743 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10744 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10745 10746 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 10747 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 10748 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 10749 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 10750 10751 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 10752 S->AddDecl(New); 10753 if (II) 10754 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 10755 10756 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 10757 10758 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10759 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10760 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 10761 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10762 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10763 10764 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10765 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 10766 } 10767 return New; 10768 } 10769 10770 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 10771 /// typedef. 10772 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 10773 SourceLocation Loc, 10774 QualType T) { 10775 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 10776 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 10777 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 10778 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 10779 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 10780 SC_None, nullptr); 10781 Param->setImplicit(); 10782 return Param; 10783 } 10784 10785 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10786 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 10787 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 10788 // will already have done so in the template itself. 10789 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 10790 return; 10791 10792 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10793 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 10794 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 10795 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 10796 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 10797 } 10798 } 10799 } 10800 10801 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10802 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 10803 QualType ReturnTy, 10804 NamedDecl *D) { 10805 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 10806 return; 10807 10808 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10809 // threshold. 10810 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 10811 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 10812 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10813 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 10814 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 10815 } 10816 10817 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10818 // threshold. 10819 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10820 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 10821 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 10822 continue; 10823 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 10824 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10825 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 10826 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 10827 } 10828 } 10829 10830 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 10831 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 10832 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 10833 StorageClass SC) { 10834 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 10835 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10836 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 10837 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 10838 10839 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 10840 10841 // Special cases for arrays: 10842 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 10843 // - otherwise, it's an error 10844 if (T->isArrayType()) { 10845 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10846 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10847 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10848 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10849 } 10850 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10851 } else { 10852 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10853 } 10854 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 10855 } 10856 10857 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 10858 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 10859 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 10860 10861 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 10862 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 10863 // the class has been completely parsed. 10864 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 10865 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10866 AbstractParamType)) 10867 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10868 10869 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 10870 // passed by reference. 10871 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 10872 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 10873 Diag(NameLoc, 10874 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 10875 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10876 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10877 New->setType(T); 10878 } 10879 10880 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10881 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10882 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10883 // an address space. 10884 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10885 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10886 // to be qualified with an address space. 10887 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10888 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10889 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10890 } 10891 } 10892 10893 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9b - Pointer to image/sampler cannot be used. 10894 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pointer to pipe cannot be used. 10895 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isPointerType()) { 10896 const QualType PTy = T->getPointeeType(); 10897 if (PTy->isImageType() || PTy->isSamplerT() || PTy->isPipeType()) { 10898 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_opencl_pointer_to_type) << PTy; 10899 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10900 } 10901 } 10902 10903 return New; 10904 } 10905 10906 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10907 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10908 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10909 10910 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10911 // for a K&R function. 10912 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10913 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10914 --i; 10915 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10916 SmallString<256> Code; 10917 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10918 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10919 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10920 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10921 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 10922 10923 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10924 // type. 10925 AttributeFactory attrs; 10926 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10927 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10928 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10929 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10930 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10931 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10932 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10933 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10934 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10935 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10936 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10937 } 10938 } 10939 } 10940 } 10941 10942 Decl * 10943 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 10944 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 10945 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10946 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10947 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10948 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10949 10950 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10951 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 10952 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 10953 } 10954 10955 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 10956 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 10957 } 10958 10959 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10960 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10961 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10962 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10963 return false; 10964 10965 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10966 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10967 return false; 10968 10969 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10970 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10971 return false; 10972 10973 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10974 if (FD->isMain()) 10975 return false; 10976 10977 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10978 if (FD->isInlined()) 10979 return false; 10980 10981 // Don't warn about function templates. 10982 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10983 return false; 10984 10985 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10986 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10987 return false; 10988 10989 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10990 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10991 return false; 10992 10993 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 10994 if (FD->isDeleted()) 10995 return false; 10996 10997 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10998 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10999 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 11000 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 11001 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 11002 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11003 continue; 11004 11005 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 11006 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 11007 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 11008 break; 11009 } 11010 11011 return MissingPrototype; 11012 } 11013 11014 void 11015 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 11016 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 11017 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11018 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 11019 // was an extern inline function. 11020 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 11021 if (!Definition) 11022 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 11023 return; 11024 11025 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 11026 return; 11027 11028 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 11029 // a template, skip the new definition. 11030 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 11031 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 11032 Definition->isInlined() || 11033 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 11034 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 11035 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 11036 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11037 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 11038 else 11039 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 11040 FD->getLocation()); 11041 return; 11042 } 11043 11044 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 11045 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 11046 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 11047 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 11048 else 11049 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 11050 11051 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11052 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11053 } 11054 11055 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 11056 Sema &S) { 11057 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 11058 11059 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 11060 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 11061 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 11062 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 11063 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 11064 11065 if (LCD == LCD_None) 11066 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 11067 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 11068 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 11069 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 11070 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 11071 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 11072 11073 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 11074 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 11075 11076 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 11077 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 11078 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 11079 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 11080 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 11081 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 11082 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 11083 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 11084 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 11085 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 11086 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 11087 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 11088 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 11089 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 11090 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 11091 11092 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 11093 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 11094 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr, 11095 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 11096 } else { 11097 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 11098 } 11099 ++I; 11100 } 11101 } 11102 11103 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 11104 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11105 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 11106 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 11107 11108 if (!D) 11109 return D; 11110 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 11111 11112 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 11113 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 11114 else 11115 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 11116 11117 // See if this is a redefinition. 11118 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 11119 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 11120 11121 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 11122 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 11123 return D; 11124 } 11125 11126 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 11127 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 11128 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 11129 // LambdaScopeInfo. 11130 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 11131 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 11132 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 11133 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 11134 // have the LSI properly restored. 11135 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 11136 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 11137 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 11138 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 11139 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 11140 } 11141 else 11142 // Enter a new function scope 11143 PushFunctionScope(); 11144 11145 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 11146 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11147 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 11148 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 11149 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 11150 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11151 } 11152 } 11153 11154 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 11155 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 11156 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 11157 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 11158 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11159 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 11160 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 11161 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11162 11163 if (FnBodyScope) 11164 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 11165 11166 // Check the validity of our function parameters 11167 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 11168 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 11169 11170 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 11171 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 11172 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 11173 11174 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11175 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 11176 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 11177 11178 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 11179 } 11180 } 11181 11182 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 11183 // introduce them into the function scope. 11184 if (FnBodyScope) { 11185 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 11186 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 11187 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 11188 I != E; ++I) { 11189 NamedDecl *D = *I; 11190 11191 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 11192 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 11193 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 11194 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 11195 // Is the decl actually in the context? 11196 if (Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->containsDecl(D)) 11197 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 11198 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 11199 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11200 } 11201 11202 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 11203 if (!D->getName().empty()) 11204 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11205 11206 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 11207 // accessible in this scope. 11208 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 11209 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 11210 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11211 } 11212 } 11213 } 11214 11215 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 11216 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 11217 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 11218 11219 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 11220 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 11221 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 11222 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 11223 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 11224 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11225 return D; 11226 } 11227 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 11228 // a function template). 11229 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 11230 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11231 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 11232 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 11233 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 11234 11235 return D; 11236 } 11237 11238 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 11239 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 11240 /// optimization. 11241 /// 11242 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 11243 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 11244 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 11245 /// use the named return value optimization. 11246 /// 11247 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 11248 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 11249 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 11250 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 11251 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 11252 11253 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 11254 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 11255 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 11256 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 11257 } 11258 } 11259 } 11260 11261 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 11262 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 11263 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 11264 return false; 11265 11266 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 11267 // return type (yet). 11268 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 11269 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 11270 // we can still delay parsing it. 11271 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 11272 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 11273 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 11274 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 11275 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 11276 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 11277 } 11278 } 11279 return false; 11280 } 11281 11282 return true; 11283 } 11284 11285 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 11286 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 11287 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 11288 // rest of the file. 11289 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 11290 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 11291 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 11292 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 11293 return false; 11294 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 11295 } 11296 11297 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 11298 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 11299 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11300 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 11301 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11302 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 11303 } 11304 11305 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 11306 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 11307 } 11308 11309 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 11310 bool IsInstantiation) { 11311 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 11312 11313 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 11314 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 11315 11316 if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty()) 11317 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 11318 11319 if (FD) { 11320 FD->setBody(Body); 11321 11322 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 11323 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 11324 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 11325 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 11326 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 11327 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 11328 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 11329 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 11330 << FD->getReturnType(); 11331 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11332 } else { 11333 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 11334 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 11335 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 11336 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 11337 } 11338 } 11339 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 11340 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 11341 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 11342 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 11343 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 11344 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 11345 11346 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 11347 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 11348 // [the deduced type is] the type void 11349 QualType RetType = 11350 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 11351 11352 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 11353 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 11354 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11355 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 11356 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 11357 } 11358 } 11359 11360 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 11361 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 11362 // is the first declaration. 11363 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 11364 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 11365 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11366 else if (FD->isInlined() && 11367 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 11368 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 11369 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11370 } 11371 11372 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 11373 // don't complain about missing return statements. 11374 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 11375 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 11376 11377 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 11378 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 11379 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 11380 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 11381 11382 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11383 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 11384 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 11385 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 11386 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 11387 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 11388 11389 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 11390 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 11391 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 11392 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 11393 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 11394 11395 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 11396 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 11397 // to deduce an implicit return type. 11398 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 11399 !FD->isDependentContext()) 11400 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11401 } 11402 11403 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 11404 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 11405 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 11406 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 11407 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 11408 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 11409 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 11410 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 11411 11412 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11413 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 11414 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 11415 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 11416 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 11417 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 11418 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 11419 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 11420 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 11421 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 11422 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 11423 } 11424 } 11425 } 11426 11427 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 11428 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 11429 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 11430 MD->isVirtual() && 11431 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 11432 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 11433 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 11434 if (FD->isInlined() && 11435 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 11436 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 11437 11438 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 11439 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 11440 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 11441 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 11442 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 11443 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11444 } else { 11445 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 11446 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11447 } 11448 } 11449 } 11450 11451 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 11452 "Function parsing confused"); 11453 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 11454 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 11455 MD->setBody(Body); 11456 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11457 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 11458 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 11459 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 11460 11461 if (Body) 11462 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11463 } 11464 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 11465 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 11466 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 11467 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 11468 } 11469 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 11470 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 11471 bool isDesignated = 11472 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 11473 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 11474 (void)isDesignated; 11475 11476 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 11477 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 11478 if (!IFace) 11479 return false; 11480 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 11481 if (!SuperD) 11482 return false; 11483 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 11484 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 11485 }; 11486 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 11487 // of NSObject. 11488 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 11489 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11490 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 11491 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 11492 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 11493 } 11494 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 11495 } 11496 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 11497 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 11498 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 11499 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11500 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 11501 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 11502 } 11503 } else { 11504 return nullptr; 11505 } 11506 11507 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 11508 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 11509 "handled in the block above."); 11510 11511 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 11512 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 11513 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 11514 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 11515 // Verify this. 11516 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 11517 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 11518 11519 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 11520 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 11521 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 11522 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 11523 11524 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 11525 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 11526 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 11527 11528 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 11529 Destructor->getParent()); 11530 } 11531 11532 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11533 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11534 // deletion in some later function. 11535 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 11536 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 11537 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11538 } 11539 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 11540 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 11541 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 11542 // enabled. 11543 ActivePolicy = &WP; 11544 } 11545 11546 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11547 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 11548 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 11549 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11550 11551 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 11552 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 11553 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 11554 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 11555 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11556 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11557 break; 11558 } 11559 } 11560 } 11561 11562 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 11563 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 11564 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 11565 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 11566 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 11567 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 11568 } 11569 11570 if (!IsInstantiation) 11571 PopDeclContext(); 11572 11573 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 11574 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11575 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11576 // deletion in some later function. 11577 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 11578 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11579 } 11580 11581 return dcl; 11582 } 11583 11584 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 11585 /// relevant Decl. 11586 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 11587 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 11588 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 11589 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 11590 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 11591 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 11592 11593 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 11594 if (Method->isStatic()) 11595 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 11596 } 11597 11598 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 11599 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 11600 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 11601 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 11602 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 11603 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 11604 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 11605 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 11606 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 11607 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 11608 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11609 return ExternCPrev; 11610 } 11611 11612 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 11613 unsigned diag_id; 11614 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 11615 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 11616 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 11617 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 11618 else 11619 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 11620 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 11621 11622 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 11623 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 11624 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 11625 TypoCorrection Corrected; 11626 if (S && 11627 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 11628 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 11629 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 11630 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 11631 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 11632 } 11633 11634 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 11635 const char *Dummy; 11636 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 11637 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 11638 unsigned DiagID; 11639 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 11640 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11641 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 11642 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 11643 SourceLocation NoLoc; 11644 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 11645 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 11646 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 11647 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11648 /*Params=*/nullptr, 11649 /*NumParams=*/0, 11650 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 11651 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11652 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 11653 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 11654 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11655 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11656 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11657 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11658 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 11659 EST_None, 11660 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 11661 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 11662 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 11663 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 11664 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 11665 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 11666 Loc, Loc, D), 11667 DS.getAttributes(), 11668 SourceLocation()); 11669 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 11670 11671 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 11672 11673 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 11674 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11675 11676 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 11677 FD->setImplicit(); 11678 11679 CurContext = PrevDC; 11680 11681 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 11682 11683 return FD; 11684 } 11685 11686 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 11687 /// the declaration of this function. 11688 /// 11689 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 11690 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 11691 /// like NSLog or printf. 11692 /// 11693 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 11694 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 11695 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11696 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11697 return; 11698 11699 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 11700 // actual attributes. 11701 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11702 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 11703 unsigned FormatIdx; 11704 bool HasVAListArg; 11705 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 11706 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 11707 const char *fmt = "printf"; 11708 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 11709 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 11710 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 11711 fmt = "NSString"; 11712 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11713 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 11714 FormatIdx+1, 11715 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11716 FD->getLocation())); 11717 } 11718 } 11719 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 11720 HasVAListArg)) { 11721 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11722 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11723 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 11724 FormatIdx+1, 11725 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11726 FD->getLocation())); 11727 } 11728 11729 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 11730 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 11731 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 11732 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 11733 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 11734 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11735 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11736 } 11737 11738 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 11739 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 11740 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11741 FD->getLocation())); 11742 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 11743 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11744 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11745 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11746 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 11747 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 11748 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 11749 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 11750 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 11751 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 11752 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 11753 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11754 else 11755 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11756 } 11757 } 11758 11759 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 11760 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 11761 // across. 11762 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 11763 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 11764 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11765 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 11766 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11767 } 11768 11769 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 11770 if (!Name) 11771 return; 11772 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11773 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 11774 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 11775 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 11776 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 11777 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 11778 // about. 11779 } else 11780 return; 11781 11782 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 11783 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 11784 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 11785 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11786 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11787 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 11788 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 11789 FD->getLocation())); 11790 } 11791 11792 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 11793 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 11794 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 11795 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 11796 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 11797 FD->getLocation())); 11798 } 11799 } 11800 11801 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 11802 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 11803 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 11804 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 11805 11806 if (!TInfo) { 11807 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 11808 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 11809 } 11810 11811 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 11812 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11813 D.getLocStart(), 11814 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 11815 D.getIdentifier(), 11816 TInfo); 11817 11818 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 11819 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 11820 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 11821 return NewTD; 11822 } 11823 11824 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 11825 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11826 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11827 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 11828 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11829 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11830 else 11831 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 11832 } 11833 11834 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 11835 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 11836 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 11837 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 11838 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 11839 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 11840 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 11841 case TST_enum: 11842 case TST_struct: 11843 case TST_interface: 11844 case TST_union: 11845 case TST_class: { 11846 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 11847 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 11848 break; 11849 } 11850 11851 default: 11852 break; 11853 } 11854 11855 return NewTD; 11856 } 11857 11858 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 11859 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 11860 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11861 QualType T = TI->getType(); 11862 11863 if (T->isDependentType()) 11864 return false; 11865 11866 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 11867 if (BT->isInteger()) 11868 return false; 11869 11870 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 11871 return true; 11872 } 11873 11874 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 11875 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 11876 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 11877 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 11878 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 11879 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 11880 11881 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 11882 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 11883 << Prev->isScoped(); 11884 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11885 return true; 11886 } 11887 11888 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 11889 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 11890 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 11891 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 11892 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 11893 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 11894 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 11895 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 11896 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 11897 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 11898 return true; 11899 } 11900 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 11901 ; 11902 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 11903 ; 11904 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 11905 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 11906 << Prev->isFixed(); 11907 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11908 return true; 11909 } 11910 11911 return false; 11912 } 11913 11914 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 11915 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 11916 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 11917 /// 11918 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 11919 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 11920 switch (Tag) { 11921 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 11922 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 11923 case TTK_Class: return 2; 11924 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 11925 } 11926 } 11927 11928 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 11929 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 11930 /// 11931 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 11932 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 11933 { 11934 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 11935 } 11936 11937 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 11938 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 11939 /// 11940 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 11941 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 11942 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 11943 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 11944 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 11945 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 11946 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 11947 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 11948 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 11949 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 11950 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 11951 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 11952 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 11953 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 11954 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 11955 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 11956 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 11957 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 11958 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 11959 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 11960 if (OldTag == NewTag) 11961 return true; 11962 11963 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 11964 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 11965 bool isTemplate = false; 11966 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 11967 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11968 11969 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 11970 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 11971 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 11972 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11973 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11974 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11975 return true; 11976 } 11977 11978 if (isDefinition) { 11979 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11980 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11981 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11982 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11983 return true; 11984 } 11985 11986 bool previousMismatch = false; 11987 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11988 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11989 if (!previousMismatch) { 11990 previousMismatch = true; 11991 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11992 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11993 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11994 } 11995 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11996 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11997 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11998 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11999 } 12000 } 12001 return true; 12002 } 12003 12004 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 12005 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 12006 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 12007 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 12008 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 12009 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 12010 return true; 12011 } 12012 12013 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12014 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12015 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12016 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12017 12018 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 12019 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12020 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12021 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 12022 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 12023 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 12024 } 12025 12026 return true; 12027 } 12028 return false; 12029 } 12030 12031 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 12032 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 12033 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 12034 /// namespace N { 12035 /// struct X; 12036 /// namespace M { 12037 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 12038 /// } 12039 /// } 12040 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 12041 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 12042 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 12043 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 12044 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 12045 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 12046 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12047 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 12048 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 12049 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 12050 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 12051 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 12052 return FixItHint(); 12053 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 12054 Namespaces.push_back(II); 12055 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 12056 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 12057 if (Lookup == Namespace) 12058 break; 12059 } 12060 12061 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 12062 // build an NNS. 12063 SmallString<64> Insertion; 12064 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 12065 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 12066 OS << "::"; 12067 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 12068 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 12069 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 12070 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 12071 } 12072 12073 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 12074 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 12075 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 12076 /// using-declaration). 12077 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 12078 DeclContext *NewDC) { 12079 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 12080 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 12081 12082 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 12083 return true; 12084 12085 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 12086 // encloses the other). 12087 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 12088 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 12089 return true; 12090 12091 return false; 12092 } 12093 12094 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 12095 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 12096 /// nothing. 12097 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12098 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12099 DC = DC->getParent(); 12100 return DC; 12101 } 12102 12103 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 12104 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 12105 /// nothing. 12106 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 12107 while (S->isClassScope() || 12108 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 12109 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 12110 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 12111 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 12112 S = S->getParent(); 12113 return S; 12114 } 12115 12116 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 12117 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 12118 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 12119 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 12120 /// 12121 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 12122 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 12123 /// 12124 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 12125 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 12126 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 12127 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 12128 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 12129 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 12130 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 12131 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 12132 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 12133 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 12134 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 12135 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 12136 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12137 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 12138 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 12139 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 12140 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 12141 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 12142 12143 OwnedDecl = false; 12144 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 12145 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 12146 12147 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 12148 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 12149 bool Invalid = false; 12150 12151 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 12152 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 12153 // for non-C++ cases. 12154 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 12155 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 12156 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 12157 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 12158 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 12159 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 12160 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12161 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 12162 return nullptr; 12163 } 12164 12165 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 12166 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 12167 // be a member of another template). 12168 12169 if (Invalid) 12170 return nullptr; 12171 12172 OwnedDecl = false; 12173 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 12174 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 12175 TemplateParams, AS, 12176 ModulePrivateLoc, 12177 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 12178 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 12179 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 12180 SkipBody); 12181 return Result.get(); 12182 } else { 12183 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 12184 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 12185 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 12186 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 12187 } 12188 } 12189 } 12190 12191 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 12192 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 12193 // redeclaration. 12194 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 12195 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 12196 12197 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12198 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 12199 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 12200 // type, default to int. 12201 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12202 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 12203 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 12204 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 12205 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 12206 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 12207 EnumUnderlying = TI; 12208 12209 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 12210 // Recover by falling back to int. 12211 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12212 12213 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 12214 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 12215 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12216 12217 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12218 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12219 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 12220 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12221 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 12222 } 12223 } 12224 } 12225 12226 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 12227 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 12228 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 12229 12230 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 12231 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 12232 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 12233 12234 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 12235 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12236 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 12237 12238 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 12239 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 12240 Name = nullptr; 12241 goto CreateNewDecl; 12242 } 12243 12244 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 12245 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 12246 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12247 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 12248 if (!DC) { 12249 IsDependent = true; 12250 return nullptr; 12251 } 12252 } else { 12253 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 12254 if (!DC) { 12255 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 12256 << SS.getRange(); 12257 return nullptr; 12258 } 12259 } 12260 12261 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 12262 return nullptr; 12263 12264 SearchDC = DC; 12265 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 12266 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 12267 12268 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12269 return nullptr; 12270 12271 if (Previous.empty()) { 12272 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 12273 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 12274 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 12275 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 12276 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 12277 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 12278 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 12279 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12280 IsDependent = true; 12281 return nullptr; 12282 } 12283 12284 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 12285 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 12286 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 12287 Name = nullptr; 12288 Invalid = true; 12289 goto CreateNewDecl; 12290 } 12291 } else if (Name) { 12292 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 12293 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 12294 // name different from T: 12295 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 12296 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12297 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 12298 return nullptr; 12299 12300 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 12301 // declaration or definition. 12302 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 12303 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 12304 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 12305 LookupName(Previous, S); 12306 12307 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 12308 // by types using'ed into this scope. 12309 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 12310 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 12311 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12312 while (F.hasNext()) { 12313 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12314 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 12315 F.erase(); 12316 } 12317 F.done(); 12318 } 12319 12320 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 12321 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 12322 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 12323 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 12324 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 12325 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 12326 // 12327 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 12328 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 12329 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 12330 // 12331 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 12332 // semantic context? 12333 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12334 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12335 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12336 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 12337 while (F.hasNext()) { 12338 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12339 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12340 if (DC->isFileContext() && 12341 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 12342 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12343 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 12344 else 12345 F.erase(); 12346 } 12347 } 12348 F.done(); 12349 12350 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 12351 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 12352 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 12353 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12354 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 12355 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 12356 } 12357 } 12358 12359 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 12360 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12361 return nullptr; 12362 12363 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 12364 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 12365 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 12366 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 12367 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 12368 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 12369 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 12370 } 12371 } 12372 12373 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 12374 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 12375 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12376 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12377 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12378 Previous.clear(); 12379 } 12380 12381 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 12382 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 12383 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 12384 isStdBadAlloc = true; 12385 12386 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 12387 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 12388 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 12389 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 12390 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 12391 } 12392 } 12393 12394 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 12395 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 12396 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 12397 // there's a shadow friend decl. 12398 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 12399 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12400 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 12401 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 12402 12403 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12404 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 12405 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 12406 // 12407 // class-key identifier 12408 // 12409 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 12410 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 12411 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 12412 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 12413 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 12414 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 12415 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 12416 // declaration. 12417 // 12418 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 12419 // C structs and unions. 12420 // 12421 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 12422 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 12423 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 12424 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 12425 // 12426 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 12427 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 12428 // 12429 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 12430 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 12431 // lexical context, 12432 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 12433 12434 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 12435 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12436 } else { 12437 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 12438 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 12439 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 12440 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 12441 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 12442 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12443 } 12444 12445 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 12446 // diagnose some problems. 12447 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 12448 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 12449 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 12450 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 12451 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12452 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12453 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 12454 } else { 12455 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12456 LookupName(Previous, S); 12457 } 12458 } 12459 12460 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 12461 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 12462 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 12463 12464 if (!Previous.empty()) { 12465 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12466 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12467 12468 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 12469 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 12470 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 12471 // in C++. 12472 // 12473 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 12474 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 12475 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 12476 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 12477 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12478 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12479 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 12480 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 12481 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 12482 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 12483 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 12484 PrevDecl = Tag; 12485 Previous.clear(); 12486 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 12487 Previous.resolveKind(); 12488 } 12489 } 12490 } 12491 } 12492 12493 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 12494 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 12495 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 12496 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 12497 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 12498 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12499 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 12500 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 12501 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 12502 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 12503 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 12504 diag::note_using_decl_target); 12505 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 12506 << 0; 12507 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 12508 Previous.clear(); 12509 goto CreateNewDecl; 12510 } 12511 } 12512 12513 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12514 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 12515 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 12516 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 12517 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 12518 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12519 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12520 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 12521 // struct or something similar. 12522 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 12523 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 12524 Name)) { 12525 bool SafeToContinue 12526 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 12527 Kind != TTK_Enum); 12528 if (SafeToContinue) 12529 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 12530 << Name 12531 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 12532 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 12533 else 12534 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 12535 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12536 12537 if (SafeToContinue) 12538 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 12539 else { 12540 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 12541 Name = nullptr; 12542 Previous.clear(); 12543 Invalid = true; 12544 } 12545 } 12546 12547 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 12548 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 12549 12550 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 12551 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 12552 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12553 if (ScopedEnum) 12554 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 12555 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 12556 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 12557 return PrevTagDecl; 12558 } 12559 12560 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 12561 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12562 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 12563 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 12564 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 12565 12566 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 12567 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 12568 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 12569 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 12570 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 12571 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 12572 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 12573 } 12574 12575 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 12576 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 12577 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 12578 // and then later defined. 12579 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 12580 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 12581 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 12582 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12583 } 12584 12585 if (!Invalid) { 12586 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 12587 // we have attributes. 12588 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12589 if (Attr) { 12590 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 12591 // declaration to hold them. 12592 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 12593 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 12594 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 12595 PP.getModuleContainingLocation( 12596 PrevDecl->getLocation()) != 12597 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(KWLoc)) && 12598 SS.isEmpty()) { 12599 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 12600 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 12601 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 12602 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 12603 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 12604 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 12605 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 12606 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 12607 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 12608 return PrevTagDecl; 12609 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 12610 // that scope. 12611 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12612 } else { 12613 return PrevTagDecl; 12614 } 12615 } 12616 12617 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 12618 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12619 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 12620 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 12621 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 12622 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 12623 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 12624 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 12625 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 12626 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12627 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12628 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12629 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 12630 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12631 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12632 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12633 } 12634 12635 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 12636 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12637 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 12638 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 12639 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 12640 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 12641 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 12642 // use it in place of this one. 12643 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12644 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 12645 return Def; 12646 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 12647 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 12648 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 12649 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 12650 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 12651 else 12652 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 12653 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12654 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 12655 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 12656 // references get the previous definition. 12657 Name = nullptr; 12658 Previous.clear(); 12659 Invalid = true; 12660 } 12661 } else { 12662 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 12663 // about a nested redefinition. 12664 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 12665 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 12666 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 12667 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 12668 diag::note_previous_definition); 12669 Name = nullptr; 12670 Previous.clear(); 12671 Invalid = true; 12672 } 12673 } 12674 12675 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 12676 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 12677 } 12678 12679 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 12680 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 12681 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 12682 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12683 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 12684 AS = AS_none; 12685 } 12686 } 12687 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 12688 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 12689 12690 } else { 12691 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 12692 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 12693 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 12694 // have distinct types. 12695 Previous.clear(); 12696 } 12697 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 12698 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 12699 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 12700 12701 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 12702 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 12703 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 12704 } else { 12705 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 12706 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 12707 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 12708 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 12709 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 12710 unsigned Kind = 0; 12711 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12712 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12713 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12714 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 12715 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 12716 Invalid = true; 12717 12718 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 12719 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12720 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12721 // do nothing 12722 12723 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 12724 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12725 unsigned Kind = 0; 12726 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12727 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12728 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12729 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 12730 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12731 Invalid = true; 12732 12733 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 12734 // case here. 12735 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12736 unsigned Kind = 0; 12737 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12738 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 12739 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 12740 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12741 Invalid = true; 12742 12743 // Otherwise, diagnose. 12744 } else { 12745 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 12746 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 12747 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 12748 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12749 Name = nullptr; 12750 Invalid = true; 12751 } 12752 12753 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 12754 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 12755 Previous.clear(); 12756 } 12757 } 12758 12759 CreateNewDecl: 12760 12761 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12762 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 12763 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12764 12765 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 12766 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 12767 // keyword. 12768 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 12769 12770 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 12771 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 12772 // PrevDecl. 12773 TagDecl *New; 12774 12775 bool IsForwardReference = false; 12776 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12777 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12778 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 12779 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12780 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 12781 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 12782 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 12783 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 12784 TagDecl *Def; 12785 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 12786 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 12787 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 12788 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 12789 } 12790 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 12791 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 12792 << New; 12793 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12794 } else { 12795 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 12796 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12797 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 12798 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12799 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 12800 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 12801 12802 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 12803 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 12804 // the declaration context. 12805 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 12806 IsForwardReference = true; 12807 } 12808 } 12809 12810 if (EnumUnderlying) { 12811 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 12812 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12813 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 12814 else 12815 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 12816 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 12817 } 12818 } else { 12819 // struct/union/class 12820 12821 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12822 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 12823 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12824 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 12825 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12826 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12827 12828 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 12829 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 12830 } else 12831 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12832 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12833 } 12834 12835 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 12836 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 12837 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12838 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 12839 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12840 Invalid = true; 12841 } 12842 12843 // Maybe add qualifier info. 12844 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12845 if (SS.isSet()) { 12846 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 12847 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 12848 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 12849 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 12850 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 12851 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 12852 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 12853 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 12854 Invalid = true; 12855 12856 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 12857 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 12858 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 12859 } 12860 } 12861 else 12862 Invalid = true; 12863 } 12864 12865 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 12866 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 12867 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 12868 // 12869 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 12870 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 12871 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 12872 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 12873 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 12874 // parsing of the struct). 12875 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12876 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 12877 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 12878 } 12879 } 12880 12881 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 12882 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 12883 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 12884 << 2 12885 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 12886 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 12887 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 12888 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 12889 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12890 New->setModulePrivate(); 12891 } 12892 12893 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 12894 // check the specialization. 12895 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 12896 Invalid = true; 12897 12898 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 12899 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 12900 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 12901 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 12902 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 12903 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12904 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 12905 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 12906 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 12907 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 12908 << Name; 12909 Invalid = true; 12910 } 12911 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 12912 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12913 } 12914 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 12915 } 12916 12917 if (Invalid) 12918 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12919 12920 if (Attr) 12921 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12922 12923 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 12924 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 12925 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 12926 12927 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 12928 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 12929 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 12930 // the tag name visible. 12931 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 12932 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 12933 12934 // Set the access specifier. 12935 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 12936 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 12937 12938 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 12939 New->startDefinition(); 12940 12941 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12942 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12943 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 12944 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 12945 if (PrevDecl) 12946 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 12947 12948 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12949 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12950 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 12951 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 12952 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 12953 } else if (Name) { 12954 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12955 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 12956 if (IsForwardReference) 12957 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12958 } else { 12959 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12960 } 12961 12962 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 12963 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 12964 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 12965 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 12966 II->isStr("FILE")) 12967 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 12968 12969 if (PrevDecl) 12970 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 12971 12972 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12973 // record. 12974 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 12975 12976 OwnedDecl = true; 12977 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 12978 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 12979 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 12980 } 12981 12982 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12983 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12984 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12985 12986 // Enter the tag context. 12987 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 12988 12989 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 12990 12991 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12992 // record. 12993 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 12994 } 12995 12996 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 12997 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 12998 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 12999 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 13000 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 13001 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 13002 CurContext = OCD; 13003 return IDecl; 13004 } 13005 13006 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13007 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 13008 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 13009 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 13010 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13011 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 13012 13013 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 13014 13015 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 13016 return; 13017 13018 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 13019 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 13020 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 13021 13022 // C++ [class]p2: 13023 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 13024 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 13025 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 13026 // as if it were a public member name. 13027 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 13028 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 13029 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 13030 Record->getIdentifier(), 13031 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 13032 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 13033 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 13034 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 13035 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 13036 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 13037 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 13038 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 13039 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 13040 "Broken injected-class-name"); 13041 } 13042 13043 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13044 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 13045 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13046 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13047 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 13048 13049 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13050 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13051 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 13052 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13053 RD->completeDefinition(); 13054 } 13055 13056 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 13057 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 13058 13059 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 13060 PopDeclContext(); 13061 13062 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 13063 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 13064 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 13065 13066 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 13067 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 13068 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 13069 } 13070 13071 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 13072 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 13073 PopDeclContext(); 13074 } 13075 13076 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13077 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 13078 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 13079 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 13080 } 13081 13082 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13083 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 13084 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 13085 } 13086 13087 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13088 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13089 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13090 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 13091 13092 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13093 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13094 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13095 RD->completeDefinition(); 13096 } 13097 13098 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 13099 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 13100 // the FieldCollector. 13101 13102 PopDeclContext(); 13103 } 13104 13105 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 13106 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 13107 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 13108 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 13109 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 13110 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 13111 if (ZeroWidth) 13112 *ZeroWidth = true; 13113 13114 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 13115 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 13116 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 13117 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 13118 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 13119 return ExprError(); 13120 if (FieldName) 13121 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 13122 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13123 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 13124 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13125 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 13126 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 13127 return ExprError(); 13128 13129 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 13130 // it now. 13131 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 13132 return BitWidth; 13133 13134 llvm::APSInt Value; 13135 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 13136 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 13137 return ICE; 13138 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 13139 13140 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 13141 *ZeroWidth = false; 13142 13143 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 13144 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 13145 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 13146 13147 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 13148 if (FieldName) 13149 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13150 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 13151 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13152 << Value.toString(10); 13153 } 13154 13155 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 13156 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 13157 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 13158 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 13159 13160 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 13161 // ABI. 13162 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 13163 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 13164 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 13165 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 13166 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 13167 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 13168 unsigned DiagWidth = 13169 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 13170 if (FieldName) 13171 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13172 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13173 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 13174 13175 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13176 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 13177 << DiagWidth; 13178 } 13179 13180 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 13181 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 13182 // 'bool'. 13183 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 13184 if (FieldName) 13185 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13186 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13187 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13188 else 13189 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13190 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13191 } 13192 } 13193 13194 return BitWidth; 13195 } 13196 13197 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 13198 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 13199 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 13200 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 13201 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 13202 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 13203 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 13204 return Res; 13205 } 13206 13207 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 13208 /// 13209 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 13210 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13211 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 13212 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13213 AccessSpecifier AS) { 13214 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13215 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13216 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13217 13218 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13219 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13220 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13221 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 13222 13223 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 13224 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 13225 D.setInvalidType(); 13226 T = Context.IntTy; 13227 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 13228 } 13229 } 13230 13231 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 13232 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 13233 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 13234 D.setInvalidType(); 13235 } 13236 13237 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 13238 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 13239 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || 13240 T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) { 13241 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 13242 D.setInvalidType(); 13243 } 13244 13245 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 13246 13247 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 13248 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 13249 diag::err_invalid_thread) 13250 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 13251 13252 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 13253 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13254 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 13255 LookupName(Previous, S); 13256 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 13257 case LookupResult::Found: 13258 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 13259 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 13260 break; 13261 13262 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 13263 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13264 break; 13265 13266 case LookupResult::NotFound: 13267 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 13268 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 13269 break; 13270 } 13271 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 13272 13273 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13274 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13275 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 13276 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13277 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13278 } 13279 13280 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 13281 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13282 13283 bool Mutable 13284 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 13285 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 13286 FieldDecl *NewFD 13287 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 13288 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 13289 13290 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 13291 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13292 13293 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13294 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 13295 13296 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 13297 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 13298 // with the same name in the same scope. 13299 } else if (II) { 13300 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 13301 } else 13302 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 13303 13304 return NewFD; 13305 } 13306 13307 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 13308 /// 13309 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 13310 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 13311 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 13312 /// created. 13313 /// 13314 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 13315 /// 13316 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 13317 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 13318 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 13319 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 13320 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 13321 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13322 SourceLocation TSSL, 13323 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 13324 Declarator *D) { 13325 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 13326 bool InvalidDecl = false; 13327 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 13328 13329 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 13330 // marking this declaration as invalid. 13331 if (T.isNull()) { 13332 InvalidDecl = true; 13333 T = Context.IntTy; 13334 } 13335 13336 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 13337 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13338 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13339 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 13340 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13341 InvalidDecl = true; 13342 } else { 13343 NamedDecl *Def; 13344 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 13345 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 13346 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13347 InvalidDecl = true; 13348 } 13349 } 13350 } 13351 13352 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 13353 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 13354 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 13355 InvalidDecl = true; 13356 } 13357 13358 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13359 // than a variably modified type. 13360 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13361 bool SizeIsNegative; 13362 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 13363 13364 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 13365 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 13366 SizeIsNegative, 13367 Oversized); 13368 if (FixedTInfo) { 13369 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 13370 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 13371 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 13372 } else { 13373 if (SizeIsNegative) 13374 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 13375 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 13376 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 13377 << Oversized.toString(10); 13378 else 13379 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 13380 InvalidDecl = true; 13381 } 13382 } 13383 13384 // Fields can not have abstract class types 13385 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 13386 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13387 AbstractFieldType)) 13388 InvalidDecl = true; 13389 13390 bool ZeroWidth = false; 13391 if (InvalidDecl) 13392 BitWidth = nullptr; 13393 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 13394 if (BitWidth) { 13395 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 13396 &ZeroWidth).get(); 13397 if (!BitWidth) { 13398 InvalidDecl = true; 13399 BitWidth = nullptr; 13400 ZeroWidth = false; 13401 } 13402 } 13403 13404 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 13405 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 13406 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13407 if (T->isReferenceType()) 13408 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 13409 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 13410 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 13411 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 13412 13413 if (DiagID) { 13414 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 13415 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 13416 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 13417 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 13418 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 13419 Mutable = false; 13420 InvalidDecl = true; 13421 } 13422 } 13423 } 13424 13425 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 13426 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 13427 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 13428 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 13429 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 13430 13431 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 13432 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 13433 if (InvalidDecl) 13434 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13435 13436 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13437 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13438 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13439 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13440 } 13441 13442 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13443 if (Record->isUnion()) { 13444 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13445 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13446 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13447 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 13448 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 13449 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 13450 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 13451 // objects. 13452 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 13453 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13454 } 13455 } 13456 13457 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 13458 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 13459 // enabled. 13460 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 13461 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 13462 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 13463 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 13464 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 13465 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 13466 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13467 } 13468 } 13469 } 13470 13471 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 13472 // representation, not a parser representation. 13473 if (D) { 13474 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 13475 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 13476 13477 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 13478 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 13479 } 13480 13481 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 13482 // retainable type. 13483 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 13484 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13485 13486 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 13487 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 13488 13489 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 13490 return NewFD; 13491 } 13492 13493 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 13494 assert(FD); 13495 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 13496 13497 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 13498 return false; 13499 13500 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13501 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13502 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13503 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13504 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 13505 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 13506 // copy constructors. 13507 13508 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 13509 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 13510 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 13511 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 13512 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 13513 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 13514 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 13515 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 13516 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 13517 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 13518 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 13519 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 13520 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 13521 member = CXXDestructor; 13522 13523 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 13524 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 13525 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 13526 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 13527 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 13528 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 13529 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 13530 // members unavailable. 13531 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 13532 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 13533 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 13534 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13535 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 13536 return false; 13537 } 13538 } 13539 13540 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 13541 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 13542 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 13543 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 13544 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 13545 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 13546 } 13547 } 13548 } 13549 13550 return false; 13551 } 13552 13553 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 13554 /// AST enum value. 13555 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 13556 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 13557 switch (ivarVisibility) { 13558 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 13559 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 13560 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 13561 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 13562 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 13563 } 13564 } 13565 13566 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 13567 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 13568 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 13569 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13570 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 13571 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 13572 13573 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13574 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 13575 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13576 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13577 13578 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 13579 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 13580 13581 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13582 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13583 13584 if (BitWidth) { 13585 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 13586 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 13587 if (!BitWidth) 13588 D.setInvalidType(); 13589 } else { 13590 // Not a bitfield. 13591 13592 // validate II. 13593 13594 } 13595 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 13596 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 13597 D.setInvalidType(); 13598 } 13599 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13600 // than a variably modified type. 13601 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13602 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 13603 D.setInvalidType(); 13604 } 13605 13606 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 13607 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 13608 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 13609 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 13610 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 13611 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 13612 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 13613 return nullptr; 13614 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 13615 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13616 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13617 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 13618 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 13619 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 13620 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 13621 } 13622 else 13623 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13624 } else { 13625 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13626 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13627 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 13628 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 13629 return nullptr; 13630 } 13631 } 13632 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13633 } 13634 13635 // Construct the decl. 13636 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 13637 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 13638 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 13639 13640 if (II) { 13641 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 13642 ForRedeclaration); 13643 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 13644 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13645 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13646 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13647 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13648 } 13649 } 13650 13651 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 13652 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 13653 13654 if (D.isInvalidType()) 13655 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13656 13657 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 13658 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 13659 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13660 13661 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13662 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 13663 13664 if (II) { 13665 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 13666 // these to the interface. 13667 S->AddDecl(NewID); 13668 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 13669 } 13670 13671 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 13672 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 13673 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 13674 13675 return NewID; 13676 } 13677 13678 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 13679 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 13680 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 13681 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 13682 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 13683 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 13684 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 13685 return; 13686 13687 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 13688 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 13689 13690 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 13691 return; 13692 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 13693 if (!ID) { 13694 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 13695 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 13696 return; 13697 } 13698 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 13699 else 13700 return; 13701 } 13702 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 13703 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 13704 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 13705 13706 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 13707 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 13708 Context.CharTy, 13709 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 13710 DeclLoc), 13711 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 13712 true); 13713 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 13714 } 13715 13716 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 13717 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 13718 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 13719 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 13720 13721 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 13722 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 13723 // it will now change. 13724 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13725 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13726 switch (DC->getKind()) { 13727 default: break; 13728 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 13729 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13730 break; 13731 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 13732 Context. 13733 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13734 break; 13735 } 13736 } 13737 13738 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13739 13740 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 13741 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 13742 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 13743 if (Record) { 13744 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 13745 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 13746 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 13747 ++NumNamedMembers; 13748 } 13749 } 13750 13751 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 13752 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 13753 13754 bool ARCErrReported = false; 13755 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 13756 i != end; ++i) { 13757 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 13758 13759 // Get the type for the field. 13760 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 13761 13762 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 13763 // Remember all fields written by the user. 13764 RecFields.push_back(FD); 13765 } 13766 13767 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 13768 // diagnostics about it. 13769 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13770 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13771 continue; 13772 } 13773 13774 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 13775 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 13776 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 13777 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 13778 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 13779 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 13780 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 13781 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 13782 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 13783 // array. 13784 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 13785 // Field declared as a function. 13786 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 13787 << FD->getDeclName(); 13788 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13789 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13790 continue; 13791 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 13792 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 13793 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 13794 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 13795 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 13796 // Flexible array member. 13797 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 13798 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 13799 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 13800 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13801 if (Record->isUnion()) 13802 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13803 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 13804 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13805 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 13806 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 13807 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 13808 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13809 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 13810 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13811 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 13812 : NumNamedMembers < 1 13813 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 13814 : 0; 13815 13816 if (DiagID) 13817 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 13818 << Record->getTagKind(); 13819 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 13820 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 13821 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 13822 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 13823 // of the type. 13824 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 13825 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 13826 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 13827 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13828 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 13829 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 13830 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13831 13832 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 13833 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 13834 // 13835 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 13836 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 13837 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13838 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 13839 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 13840 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13841 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13842 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13843 continue; 13844 } 13845 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 13846 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13847 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 13848 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13849 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13850 // Incomplete type 13851 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13852 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13853 continue; 13854 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13855 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 13856 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 13857 // flexible array member. 13858 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13859 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 13860 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 13861 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 13862 // structures. 13863 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 13864 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 13865 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13866 else { 13867 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 13868 // other structs as an extension. 13869 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 13870 << FD->getDeclName(); 13871 } 13872 } 13873 } 13874 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 13875 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13876 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13877 AbstractIvarType)) { 13878 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 13879 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13880 } 13881 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13882 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13883 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 13884 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13885 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 13886 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 13887 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 13888 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 13889 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 13890 FD->setType(T); 13891 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 13892 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 13893 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 13894 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 13895 // so we just make the field unavailable. 13896 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 13897 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 13898 QualType T = FD->getType(); 13899 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 13900 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 13901 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 13902 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 13903 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 13904 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13905 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 13906 } 13907 } else { 13908 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 13909 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 13910 } 13911 ARCErrReported = true; 13912 } 13913 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 13914 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 13915 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 13916 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13917 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 13918 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13919 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 13920 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13921 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 13922 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13923 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13924 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13925 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 13926 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13927 } 13928 } 13929 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 13930 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13931 // Keep track of the number of named members. 13932 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 13933 ++NumNamedMembers; 13934 } 13935 13936 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 13937 if (Record) { 13938 bool Completed = false; 13939 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 13940 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 13941 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 13942 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 13943 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 13944 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 13945 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 13946 } 13947 13948 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 13949 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 13950 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 13951 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 13952 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 13953 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 13954 } 13955 13956 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 13957 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 13958 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 13959 13960 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 13961 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 13962 // problem now. 13963 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 13964 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 13965 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 13966 13967 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 13968 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 13969 M != MEnd; ++M) { 13970 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 13971 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 13972 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 13973 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 13974 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 13975 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 13976 continue; 13977 13978 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 13979 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 13980 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 13981 // program is ill-formed. 13982 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 13983 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 13984 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 13985 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 13986 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 13987 OM = SO->second.begin(), 13988 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 13989 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 13990 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 13991 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 13992 13993 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13994 } 13995 } 13996 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 13997 Completed = true; 13998 } 13999 } 14000 } 14001 } 14002 14003 if (!Completed) 14004 Record->completeDefinition(); 14005 14006 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 14007 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 14008 14009 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 14010 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 14011 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 14012 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 14013 } 14014 14015 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 14016 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 14017 // compatibility problems. 14018 bool CheckForZeroSize; 14019 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14020 CheckForZeroSize = true; 14021 } else { 14022 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 14023 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 14024 CheckForZeroSize = 14025 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 14026 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 14027 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 14028 } 14029 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 14030 bool ZeroSize = true; 14031 bool IsEmpty = true; 14032 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 14033 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 14034 E = Record->field_end(); 14035 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 14036 IsEmpty = false; 14037 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 14038 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 14039 ZeroSize = false; 14040 } else { 14041 ++NonBitFields; 14042 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 14043 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 14044 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 14045 ZeroSize = false; 14046 } 14047 } 14048 14049 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 14050 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 14051 // extern "C" block. 14052 if (ZeroSize) { 14053 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 14054 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 14055 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 14056 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 14057 } 14058 14059 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 14060 // but are accepted by GCC. 14061 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14062 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 14063 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 14064 << Record->isUnion(); 14065 } 14066 } 14067 } else { 14068 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 14069 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 14070 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14071 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 14072 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 14073 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14074 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 14075 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14076 } 14077 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 14078 // duplicates. 14079 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 14080 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 14081 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14082 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14083 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 14084 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 14085 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 14086 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 14087 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 14088 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 14089 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14090 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14091 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14092 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14093 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 14094 // reported as errors elsewhere. 14095 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 14096 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 14097 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 14098 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 14099 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 14100 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14101 if (IDecl) { 14102 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 14103 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14104 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14105 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14106 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14107 continue; 14108 } 14109 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 14110 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 14111 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14112 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14113 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14114 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14115 continue; 14116 } 14117 } 14118 } 14119 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 14120 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14121 } 14122 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14123 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14124 } 14125 } 14126 14127 if (Attr) 14128 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 14129 } 14130 14131 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 14132 /// the given type T. 14133 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 14134 llvm::APSInt &Value, 14135 QualType T) { 14136 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14137 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 14138 14139 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 14140 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 14141 --BitWidth; 14142 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 14143 } 14144 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 14145 } 14146 14147 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 14148 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 14149 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 14150 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 14151 // enum checking below. 14152 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14153 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 14154 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14155 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 14156 }; 14157 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14158 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 14159 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 14160 }; 14161 14162 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 14163 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 14164 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 14165 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 14166 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 14167 return Types[I]; 14168 14169 return QualType(); 14170 } 14171 14172 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 14173 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 14174 SourceLocation IdLoc, 14175 IdentifierInfo *Id, 14176 Expr *Val) { 14177 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14178 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 14179 QualType EltTy; 14180 14181 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 14182 Val = nullptr; 14183 14184 if (Val) 14185 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 14186 14187 if (Val) { 14188 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 14189 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14190 else { 14191 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 14192 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 14193 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14194 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 14195 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 14196 // constant expression of the underlying type. 14197 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14198 ExprResult Converted = 14199 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 14200 CCEK_Enumerator); 14201 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 14202 Val = nullptr; 14203 else 14204 Val = Converted.get(); 14205 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 14206 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 14207 &EnumVal).get())) { 14208 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 14209 } else { 14210 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14211 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14212 14213 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 14214 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 14215 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 14216 // expression checking. 14217 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14218 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14219 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14220 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14221 } else 14222 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14223 } else 14224 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 14225 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 14226 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 14227 .get(); 14228 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14229 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 14230 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14231 // is the type of its initializing value: 14232 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 14233 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 14234 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14235 } else { 14236 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 14237 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 14238 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 14239 // representable as an int. 14240 14241 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 14242 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 14243 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14244 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 14245 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 14246 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 14247 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 14248 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14249 } 14250 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14251 } 14252 } 14253 } 14254 } 14255 14256 if (!Val) { 14257 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 14258 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14259 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 14260 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14261 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14262 // is the type of its initializing value: 14263 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 14264 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 14265 // 14266 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 14267 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 14268 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14269 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14270 } 14271 else { 14272 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 14273 } 14274 } else { 14275 // Assign the last value + 1. 14276 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14277 ++EnumVal; 14278 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 14279 14280 // Check for overflow on increment. 14281 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 14282 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14283 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14284 // is the type of its initializing value: 14285 // 14286 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 14287 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 14288 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 14289 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 14290 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 14291 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 14292 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 14293 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 14294 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 14295 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 14296 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14297 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 14298 ++EnumVal; 14299 if (Enum->isFixed()) 14300 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 14301 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 14302 << EnumVal.toString(10) 14303 << EltTy; 14304 else 14305 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 14306 << EnumVal.toString(10); 14307 } else { 14308 EltTy = T; 14309 } 14310 14311 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 14312 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 14313 // value, then increment. 14314 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14315 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14316 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14317 ++EnumVal; 14318 14319 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 14320 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 14321 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 14322 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 14323 // integral type. 14324 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 14325 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 14326 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14327 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14328 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 14329 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14330 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 14331 } 14332 } 14333 } 14334 14335 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14336 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 14337 // enumerator's type. 14338 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14339 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14340 } 14341 14342 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 14343 Val, EnumVal); 14344 } 14345 14346 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 14347 SourceLocation IILoc) { 14348 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 14349 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14350 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14351 14352 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 14353 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 14354 // skip the body. 14355 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14356 ForRedeclaration); 14357 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 14358 if (!PrevECD) 14359 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14360 14361 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 14362 NamedDecl *Hidden; 14363 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 14364 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 14365 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 14366 return Skip; 14367 } 14368 14369 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14370 } 14371 14372 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 14373 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 14374 AttributeList *Attr, 14375 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 14376 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 14377 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 14378 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 14379 14380 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 14381 // we find one that is. 14382 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 14383 14384 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 14385 // scope. 14386 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14387 ForRedeclaration); 14388 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14389 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14390 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 14391 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14392 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14393 } 14394 14395 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 14396 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 14397 // different from T: 14398 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 14399 // enumerated type 14400 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 14401 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 14402 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 14403 14404 EnumConstantDecl *New = 14405 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 14406 if (!New) 14407 return nullptr; 14408 14409 if (PrevDecl) { 14410 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 14411 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 14412 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 14413 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 14414 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 14415 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 14416 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14417 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 14418 else 14419 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 14420 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14421 return nullptr; 14422 } 14423 } 14424 14425 // Process attributes. 14426 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 14427 14428 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 14429 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 14430 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 14431 14432 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 14433 14434 return New; 14435 } 14436 14437 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 14438 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 14439 // Element2 = Element1 14440 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 14441 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 14442 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 14443 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 14444 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 14445 if (!InitExpr) 14446 return true; 14447 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 14448 14449 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 14450 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 14451 return true; 14452 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 14453 if (!IL) 14454 return true; 14455 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 14456 return true; 14457 14458 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 14459 } 14460 14461 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 14462 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 14463 if (!DRE) 14464 return true; 14465 14466 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 14467 if (!EnumConstant) 14468 return true; 14469 14470 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 14471 Enum) 14472 return true; 14473 14474 return false; 14475 } 14476 14477 namespace { 14478 struct DupKey { 14479 int64_t val; 14480 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 14481 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 14482 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 14483 }; 14484 14485 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 14486 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 14487 false); 14488 } 14489 14490 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 14491 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 14492 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 14493 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 14494 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 14495 } 14496 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 14497 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 14498 LHS.val == RHS.val; 14499 } 14500 }; 14501 } // end anonymous namespace 14502 14503 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 14504 // a previous element has already been set to. 14505 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14506 EnumDecl *Enum, 14507 QualType EnumType) { 14508 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 14509 return; 14510 // Avoid anonymous enums 14511 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 14512 return; 14513 14514 // Only check for small enums. 14515 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 14516 return; 14517 14518 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 14519 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 14520 14521 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 14522 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 14523 ValueToVectorMap; 14524 14525 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 14526 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 14527 14528 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 14529 // an initialier. 14530 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14531 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14532 14533 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 14534 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 14535 if (!ECD) { 14536 return; 14537 } 14538 14539 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 14540 continue; 14541 14542 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14543 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14544 14545 // First time encountering this value. 14546 if (Entry.isNull()) 14547 Entry = ECD; 14548 } 14549 14550 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 14551 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14552 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14553 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 14554 continue; 14555 14556 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14557 14558 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14559 if (Entry.isNull()) 14560 continue; 14561 14562 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 14563 // Ensure constants are different. 14564 if (D == ECD) 14565 continue; 14566 14567 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 14568 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 14569 Vec->push_back(D); 14570 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14571 14572 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 14573 Entry = Vec; 14574 14575 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 14576 // diagnostics. 14577 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 14578 continue; 14579 } 14580 14581 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 14582 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 14583 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 14584 continue; 14585 14586 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14587 } 14588 14589 // Emit diagnostics. 14590 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 14591 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 14592 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 14593 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 14594 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 14595 14596 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 14597 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 14598 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 14599 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14600 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14601 ++I; 14602 14603 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 14604 // the same value. 14605 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 14606 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 14607 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14608 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14609 delete Vec; 14610 } 14611 } 14612 14613 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 14614 bool AllowMask) const { 14615 assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 14616 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 14617 14618 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 14619 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 14620 14621 if (R.second) { 14622 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 14623 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 14624 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 14625 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 14626 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 14627 } 14628 } 14629 14630 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 14631 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 14632 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 14633 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 14634 // 14635 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 14636 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 14637 // likely a logic error. 14638 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 14639 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 14640 } 14641 14642 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 14643 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 14644 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14645 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 14646 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 14647 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 14648 14649 if (Attr) 14650 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 14651 14652 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 14653 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14654 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14655 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14656 if (!ECD) continue; 14657 14658 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14659 } 14660 14661 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 14662 return; 14663 } 14664 14665 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 14666 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 14667 // emit a warning. 14668 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14669 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 14670 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 14671 14672 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 14673 // reverse the list. 14674 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 14675 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 14676 14677 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 14678 bool AllElementsInt = true; 14679 14680 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14681 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14682 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14683 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14684 14685 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14686 14687 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 14688 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 14689 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 14690 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 14691 else 14692 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 14693 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 14694 14695 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 14696 if (AllElementsInt) 14697 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 14698 } 14699 14700 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 14701 QualType BestType; 14702 unsigned BestWidth; 14703 14704 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 14705 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 14706 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 14707 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 14708 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 14709 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 14710 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 14711 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 14712 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 14713 QualType BestPromotionType; 14714 14715 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 14716 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 14717 // enum definitions. 14718 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 14719 Packed = true; 14720 14721 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14722 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14723 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 14724 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 14725 else 14726 BestPromotionType = BestType; 14727 14728 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 14729 } 14730 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 14731 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 14732 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 14733 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14734 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 14735 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 14736 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14737 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 14738 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 14739 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 14740 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14741 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 14742 BestType = Context.IntTy; 14743 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14744 } else { 14745 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 14746 14747 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 14748 BestType = Context.LongTy; 14749 } else { 14750 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14751 14752 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 14753 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 14754 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 14755 } 14756 } 14757 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 14758 } else { 14759 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 14760 // all of the enumerator values. 14761 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14762 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 14763 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 14764 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14765 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14766 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 14767 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 14768 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14769 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14770 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 14771 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 14772 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14773 BestPromotionType 14774 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14775 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 14776 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 14777 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 14778 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 14779 BestPromotionType 14780 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14781 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 14782 } else { 14783 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14784 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 14785 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 14786 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 14787 BestPromotionType 14788 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14789 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 14790 } 14791 } 14792 14793 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 14794 // the type of the enum if needed. 14795 for (auto *D : Elements) { 14796 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14797 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14798 14799 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 14800 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 14801 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 14802 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 14803 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 14804 14805 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 14806 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14807 14808 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 14809 // the enum decl type. 14810 QualType NewTy; 14811 unsigned NewWidth; 14812 bool NewSign; 14813 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14814 !Enum->isFixed() && 14815 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 14816 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 14817 NewWidth = IntWidth; 14818 NewSign = true; 14819 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 14820 // Already the right type! 14821 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14822 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14823 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14824 // enumeration. 14825 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14826 continue; 14827 } else { 14828 NewTy = BestType; 14829 NewWidth = BestWidth; 14830 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 14831 } 14832 14833 // Adjust the APSInt value. 14834 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 14835 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 14836 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 14837 14838 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 14839 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 14840 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 14841 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 14842 CK_IntegralCast, 14843 ECD->getInitExpr(), 14844 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 14845 VK_RValue)); 14846 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14847 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14848 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14849 // enumeration. 14850 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14851 else 14852 ECD->setType(NewTy); 14853 } 14854 14855 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 14856 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 14857 14858 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 14859 14860 if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) { 14861 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 14862 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14863 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14864 14865 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14866 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 14867 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 14868 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 14869 << ECD << Enum; 14870 } 14871 } 14872 14873 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 14874 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 14875 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 14876 } 14877 14878 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 14879 SourceLocation StartLoc, 14880 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 14881 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 14882 14883 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 14884 AsmString, StartLoc, 14885 EndLoc); 14886 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14887 return New; 14888 } 14889 14890 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 14891 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 14892 bool FromInclude = false) { 14893 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 14894 14895 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 14896 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 14897 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 14898 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 14899 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 14900 break; 14901 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 14902 break; 14903 } 14904 DC = LSD->getParent(); 14905 } 14906 14907 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 14908 DC = DC->getParent(); 14909 14910 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 14911 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 14912 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 14913 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 14914 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 14915 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 14916 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 14917 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 14918 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 14919 << M->getFullModuleName(); 14920 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 14921 } 14922 } 14923 14924 void Sema::diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc) { 14925 return checkModuleImportContext(*this, M, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14926 } 14927 14928 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 14929 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14930 ModuleIdPath Path) { 14931 Module *Mod = 14932 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 14933 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 14934 if (!Mod) 14935 return true; 14936 14937 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 14938 14939 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14940 14941 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 14942 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 14943 // silently ignoring the import. 14944 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 14945 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().CompilingModule 14946 ? diag::err_module_self_import 14947 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 14948 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 14949 14950 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 14951 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 14952 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 14953 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 14954 // We need the length to be consistent. 14955 if (!ModCheck) 14956 break; 14957 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 14958 14959 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 14960 } 14961 14962 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 14963 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 14964 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 14965 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 14966 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 14967 return Import; 14968 } 14969 14970 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14971 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 14972 14973 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 14974 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 14975 // implementation detail of us building the module. 14976 // 14977 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 14978 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 14979 TUKind == TU_Module && 14980 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 14981 14982 // Similarly, if we're in the implementation of a module, don't 14983 // synthesize an illegal module import. FIXME: Why not? 14984 bool ShouldAddImport = 14985 !IsInModuleIncludes && 14986 (getLangOpts().CompilingModule || 14987 getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() || 14988 getLangOpts().CurrentModule != Mod->getTopLevelModuleName()); 14989 14990 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 14991 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 14992 if (ShouldAddImport) { 14993 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14994 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14995 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 14996 DirectiveLoc); 14997 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14998 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14999 } 15000 15001 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 15002 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15003 } 15004 15005 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15006 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 15007 15008 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 15009 VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules)); 15010 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15011 } 15012 15013 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15014 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 15015 15016 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 15017 VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back()); 15018 VisibleModulesStack.pop_back(); 15019 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15020 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache 15021 // is now out of date. 15022 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); 15023 } 15024 } 15025 15026 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 15027 Module *Mod) { 15028 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 15029 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 15030 return; 15031 15032 // Create the implicit import declaration. 15033 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15034 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15035 Loc, Mod, Loc); 15036 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15037 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15038 15039 // Make the module visible. 15040 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 15041 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 15042 } 15043 15044 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15045 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15046 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15047 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15048 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15049 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 15050 LookupOrdinaryName); 15051 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 15052 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 15053 15054 // If a declaration that: 15055 // 1) declares a function or a variable 15056 // 2) has external linkage 15057 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 15058 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15059 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 15060 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 15061 else 15062 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 15063 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 15064 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 15065 } else 15066 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 15067 } 15068 15069 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15070 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15071 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 15072 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 15073 15074 if (PrevDecl) { 15075 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 15076 } else { 15077 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15078 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 15079 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 15080 } 15081 } 15082 15083 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15084 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15085 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15086 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15087 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15088 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 15089 LookupOrdinaryName); 15090 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 15091 15092 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15093 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 15094 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15095 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 15096 } else { 15097 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15098 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 15099 } 15100 } 15101 15102 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 15103 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 15104 } 15105 15106 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 15107 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 15108 if (!D) 15109 return AR_Available; 15110 15111 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 15112 // both the availability of the method as well as the 15113 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 15114 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 15115 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 15116 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 15117 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 15118 if (R != AR_Available) 15119 return R; 15120 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 15121 } 15122 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 15123 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 15124 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 15125 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 15126 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 15127 } 15128 // Recover from user error. 15129 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 15130 } 15131